Chapter 3 - Project Initiation: Difference between revisions

From DelDOT Project Development Manual
Jump to navigation Jump to search
No edit summary
Tag: Reverted
No edit summary
Tag: Manual revert
Line 1: Line 1:
<!--Chapter 5-->
<!--Chapter 3 HTML-->
<div class="noautonum cFloat">__TOC__</div>
<h1>
<h1>
     Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management
     Chapter 3 - Project Initiation
</h1>
</h1>
<p>
<p>
     The project development process requires the design team to coordinate their proposed solutions with numerous stakeholders throughout the life of the project. The performance of timely stakeholder coordination is invaluable as it can return critical information and offer unique perspectives that assist in identifying challenges and potential solutions and attainment of project buy-in and approvals when required. DelDOT describes its stakeholder coordination process as stakeholder management in recognition of the proactive approach the project team should adopt. This manual separates stakeholder management into four distinct components:
     After a project is originated in accordance with one of the mechanisms described in [[Chapter 2 - Project Origination and Planning|Chapter 2]], it is assigned to a section within DelDOT for further development. This stage in the project development process is generally referred to as project initiation. This chapter serves to document the numerous tasks that a section must perform as part of the project initiation process once assigned a project. Project initiation is a relatively short phase in the project development process but serves an essential role of establishing an initial project baseline to follow through the remainder of the project development process. The activities described within this chapter can be performed in various orders depending on the complexity of a project. For instance, it may be preferrable to perform a detailed scoping and alternatives analysis prior to setting a project schedule while on other projects it may be preferable to account for the scoping and alternatives analysis within the initial project schedule submitted with the Project Number Request.
</p>
<ul>
    <li>
        <b>Identify stakeholders</b> – The first step is to identify the people, groups, or organizations that could be impacted by or have an interest in the project. Each project will have a unique set of stakeholders that must be identified.
    </li>
    <li>
        <b>Plan stakeholder management </b> – The next step in the stakeholder management process is to develop appropriate management strategies to effectively engage stakeholders throughout the project development process. This requires analyzing each stakeholder’s individual needs, interests, interdependencies, influence, and potential impact on project success.
    </li>
    <li>
        <b>Stakeholder engagement </b> – Once a management plan has been created, the project team can implement their plan and begin communicating and working with the project stakeholders to meet their needs/ expectations, address issues as they occur, and foster a cooperative and engaging rapport.
    </li>
    <li>
        <b>Monitor stakeholder engagement </b> – The final step is to monitor the effectiveness of the project’s stakeholder management and to make adjustments as needed to ensure effective coordination.
    </li>
</ul>
<p>
    This chapter categorizes several common groups of project stakeholders and highlights DelDOT’s preferred stakeholder management practices and procedures. In many cases, DelDOT has created subject matter expert sections to help facilitate coordination with the stakeholders identified within this chapter. The design team is encouraged to coordinate their external stakeholder management activities through the subject matter expert support sections referenced throughout the chapter.
</p>
<p>
    Project coordination will often times require the design team to provide digital design data information. Before providing this information, an electronic release form must be signed by all parties as described in Section 5.10.
</p>
</p>
     <div class="tab"> <!--h2-->
     <div class="tab"> <!--h2-->
         <h2>
         <h2>
             5.1 Public Engagement
             3.1 Establishment of the Design Team
         </h2>
         </h2>
        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
            <tr>
                <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>Policy Implement O-03: Public Involvement Policy</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/00_pd_process_project_public_involvement_plan.pdf?cache=1718668621235 Project Public Involvement Plan Worksheet]</td>
            </tr>
        </table>
         <p>
         <p>
             Engaging with the public is a critical component of the project development process. Public engagement provides DelDOT an opportunity to disseminate project specific information and to solicit valuable input that can be used to refine proposed solutions to an identified transportation deficiency. Successful public engagement is achieved through a continuous process of activities and actions throughout the project development process. When performed properly, collaboration with the public can:
             The section assigned to develop a project should establish a design team comprised of a Project Manager and technical design staff as soon as practical. Collectively, the design team is charged with guiding a project through DelDOT’s project development process outlined within this manual. The Project Manager’s role in the project development process is to coordinate technical design staff assignments and ensure that all work is being completed at the correct performance level, on time, and within budget and scope. The technical design staff’s role in the project development process is to perform the tasks assigned to them by the Project Manager in accordance with this manual as well as other DelDOT standard and guidance documents. It is essential that the design team effectively communicate among itself and with other project team members and stakeholders to ensure effective project delivery. The Project Manager should evaluate the composition of the team at regular intervals throughout the project development process to ensure on-time and on-budget delivery. Design team changes should be communicated to pertinent stakeholders as necessary through the project development process.
        </p>
 
        <ul>
            <li>Provide information to the public regarding the purpose and need for a project</li>
            <li>Obtain different perspectives that can be incorporated into the decision-making process</li>
            <li>Empower the public to provide meaningful input</li>
            <li>Ensure that decisions consider and address public needs and preferences</li>
            <li>Build trust and meaningful relationships with community members that last beyond a single project</li>
            <li>Educate the public about the project alternatives and how the alternatives would meet the project’s purpose and need as well as their potential effect on the environment</li>
            <li>Provide information on the specific design constraints identified</li>
            <li>Provide a summary of how the project can be expected to impact the transportation network both during and after construction</li>
            <li>Inform the public on project schedules</li>
            <li>Increase the likelihood of producing public facilities which support community goals and that meet the needs of all modes of the travelling public</li>
            <li>Solicit feedback while providing the public an opportunity to contribute input on all the above listed items</li>
        </ul>
        <p>
            The importance of performing public engagement is also recognized at the federal level with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-E/part-450 23 CFR 450.210] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111] requiring that state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) maintain a documented public involvement process. DelDOT’s public involvement policy is contained within Policy Implement O-03 entitled <u><i>DelDOT Public Involvement Policy</i></u>. A key tenant of the federal requirements is that state DOTs provide early and continuous public engagement opportunities within the project development process. This early and continuous public engagement both encourages meaningful stakeholder participation and promotes cost-effectiveness as it ensures community values and needs are incorporated early in the project development process. Accordingly, the design team should take a proactive public engagement approach which includes developing a public involvement plan shortly after project initiation. The public involvement plan should be tailored to the individual project as reliance on a one-size-fits-all method of engagement is counterproductive to the goals of meaningful public involvement. DelDOT provides a standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/00_pd_process_project_public_involvement_plan.pdf?cache=1718668621235 Project Public Involvement Plan Worksheet] to assist the design team in identifying and then developing the key components of their public involvement plan. The public involvement plan can include, but is not limited to, the following components:
        </p>
        <ul>
            <li>Identifying public project stakeholders</li>
            <li>Documenting commitments made to stakeholders in previous project phases</li>
            <li>Defining key project messages</li>
            <li>Outlining the methods of stakeholder engagement to be employed</li>
            <li>Determining required engagement methods based on the NEPA class of action identified in the Initial Environmental Evaluation</li>
            <li>Establishing how public comments will be collected and addressed</li>
            <li>Developing media outreach strategies where applicable</li>
        </ul>     
        <p>
            The public involvement plan will be largely dependent on a project’s scope, number of stakeholders, complexity, issues of public concern, and the size and severity of its impact. The public involvement plan should be coordinated with DelDOT’s Division of Community Relations, as well as with DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section and FHWA when necessary. After its initial creation, the public involvement plan should be periodically reviewed, especially following changes to the project scope, to determine if any revisions are necessary.
        </p>
        <p>
            This section outlines the best practices and other associated considerations when planning and executing a project’s public involvement plan during the design phase of a project. It should be noted that this section does not cover DelDOT’s public involvement processes that occur prior to project initiation. More information on the public engagement strategies that DelDOT employs during the planning and programming phase, including for the development of the Capital Transportation Plan (CTP) and Long-Range Transportation Plan (LRTP), are included in Policy Implement O-03 entitled DelDOT <u><i>Public Involvement Policy</i></u>.
        </p>
            <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                <h3>
                    5.1.1 Project Initiation Letter
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                        <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-2">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach Memorandum]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    Shortly after project initiation and before the start of any field survey activities, the design team should customize and then send DelDOT’s standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach Memorandum] to all property owners and Homeowner Associations within or surrounding the logical project limits as well as to local municipalities and area legislators. The letter is intended to provide the project’s intended point of contact, a brief description of the project’s purpose and scope, a link to the project’s website, notification of potential upcoming site investigation activities that may be occurring in the near future, and an explanation of DelDOT’s right to enter private property to perform the necessary site investigations. In addition to this standard information, the project initiation letter can also be used to solicit public input on perceived transportation issues in the project area through use of either hard copy or online surveys. The project team is encouraged to file the project initiation letter distribution list so that it can be referenced and used as a starting point for future information distributions to the public.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    5.1.2 Public Project Stakeholder Considerations
                </h3>
                <p>
                    A public project stakeholder is any individual or entity with an interest or concern in a proposed action. DelDOT’s goal is to meaningfully engage with a broad spectrum of public project stakeholders that collectively represent the entire community. This engagement helps DelDOT understand stakeholder concerns, identify project opportunities, and explore alternatives in a collaborative way that serves to build public consensus. Public project stakeholders commonly include the following:
                </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>Property owners and/or residents</li>
                    <li>Local businesses</li>
                    <li>Civic and community associations</li>
                    <li>Interest groups</li>
                    <li>Public services including schools and hospitals</li>
                    <li>Emergency responders</li>
                    <li>Elected officials</li>
                    <li>Affected infrastructure users</li>
                </ul>
                <p>
                    This subsection outlines DelDOT’s best practices and corresponding considerations associated with coordinating with various categories of public project stakeholders. Though considered a project stakeholder, coordination with public transportation operators is discussed in more detail in Section 4.6.
                </p> 
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.1 Legislative Coordination
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            Delaware has two statewide legislative bodies: the Delaware Senate and the Delaware House of Representatives. These two bodies are collectively known as the Delaware General Assembly. Members of the General Assembly are elected by constituents in legislative districts to represent them in matters of State government. Members of Delaware’s General Assembly are called legislators and can be classified as either a representative or a senator depending upon the legislative body they are a member of. Legislators can provide key insights into the districts they represent and provide an excellent mechanism for distributing information to the local population. DelDOT takes an active role in building strong relationships with legislators by providing them timely information about specific transportation projects and responding to their requests in an expedited manner. DelDOT utilizes a Legislative Liaison to facilitate coordination between DelDOT projects and legislators; all correspondences with legislators should be coordinated through DelDOT’s Legislative Liaison accordingly.
                        </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                                <h5>
                                    5.1.2.1.1 Legislative Briefings
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Legislative briefings can be used to update legislators on project progress, which will allow them to keep their constituents informed. The briefings may be done either virtually or in-person based on the scope of the project as well as the legislator’s preference. Project Managers should offer to give legislative briefings at appropriate points in project development process which will vary based on the size, scope, complexity, and history associated with a project. Common milestones within the project development process to offer legislative briefings include before field survey work begins, during the alternatives analysis phase, during the preliminary design phase, and prior to any public workshop. The project team will also provide legislative briefings upon legislator request, ensuring they have the latest information to share with their constituents.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.1.2.1.2 Quarterly Legislative Reports
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    DelDOT maintains a Quarterly Legislative Report (QLR) database that generates standardized legislative reports and populates information on to DelDOT’s project websites. During the design phase, these reports are typically generated quarterly, but they can also be generated on request and can be specialized for specific legislators or other purposes. These reports should be activated soon after project initiation, and prior to field survey work being performed. The QLR database is to be updated in coordination with DelDOT leadership once a month during both the design and the construction phase until the project is considered substantially complete.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.1.2.1.3 Award Notification
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    The Project Manager should provide a notification to DelDOT’s Legislative Liaison by modifying DelDOT’s standard Legislative Award Notification form letter upon project award. Projects to be constructed through Indefinite Delivery / Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) construction contracts should provide this notification when a work order is assigned to a contractor. Additional information on developing and administering IDIQ contracts is included in Section 8.5.
                                </p>
                            </div>
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.2 Emergency Responders
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            DelDOT’s projects have the potential to affect all transportation network users including emergency responders who rely on it to provide critical services. As part of the project development process, the design team must consider a project’s potential impact to emergency operations within the project area. The design team should contact DelDOT’s Traffic Safety section and Division of Community Relations when it determines that a project’s potential affect should be coordinated directly with emergency responders. The design team along with the Traffic Safety section and Division of Community Relations will then work collectively to determine the coordination extent and methods in which the Emergency Services Community should be engaged during the project development process. The level of coordination required may range from simple notification and briefings to inclusion on other advisory committees or stand-alone emergency management services working group meetings. The factors that will dictate the level of coordination required include:
                        </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li>The scope of the project</li>
                            <li>The nature and complexity of the work</li>
                            <li>The need for partial or full roadway closures</li>
                            <li>The proximity to emergency service facilities and hospitals</li>
                            <li>The proximity and schedules of other nearby projects and their associated scopes</li>
                        </ul>
                        <p>
                            Once the appropriate level of coordination is determined, DelDOT will typically begin the coordination process by contacting the County’s Emergency Operations Center who will usually remain the primary emergency responder’s point of contact throughout the duration of the project.
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.3 Advisory Committees
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            The formation of advisory committees can be beneficial on large, complex, controversial, or sensitive projects to directly obtain feedback and potentially recommendations, from a representative cross-section of stakeholders. The people who participate on the advisory committee may be selected at random, selected to represent a particular homogeneous group, or selected to provide expert opinion. If some form of an advisory committee was used in the planning phase prior to project development (whether organized by DelDOT, an MPO, or other agency), it is recommended that the group be maintained in the same or similar format during the design and construction phases. The design team should coordinate with the Division of Community Relations in cases where the design team believes that a new advisory committee should be formed during the design phase. The formation of an advisory committee during the construction phase of a project can also be considered for projects that are expected to involve major traffic impacts, and/or for groups of projects in the same area that will be in construction simultaneously.
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.4 Schools
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            Schools are a key stakeholder in the public engagement process. In addition to their primary function of providing educational services, schools typically act as a community center. Accordingly, school districts within the area of a project should be considered and coordinated with appropriately during the project development process. The coordination should focus on minimizing disruption to  student transportation including bus services, walking facilities, and parent drop off as well as to other services offered to the community through the school.
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.5 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Considerations
                        </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                                <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Policy Implement O-03: Public Involvement Policy</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <p>
                            Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requires that state and local governments provide individuals with disabilities an equal opportunity to benefit from all government programs, services, and activities. The project team must be cognizant of this requirement throughout the public engagement process. DelDOT’s full ADA accommodations policy for public involvement is included as Appendix A of DelDOT’s Policy Implement O-03 entitled <u><i>DelDOT Public Involvement Policy</i></u>. Additionally, DelDOT’s ADA Title II Coordinator can be used as a resource to determine the ADA requirements associated with any individual component of a project’s public engagement process. Key considerations during the public engagement process include the following:
                        </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li><b>Public meetings</b> – In-person meeting locations chosen must be accessible to all individuals, including those with disabilities. Virtual meetings must provide closed captioning and a call-in number. Notices provided in advance of the public meeting must utilize the latest Division of Community Relations language, notifying potential participants to request necessary accommodations/modifications in advance of the meeting.</li>
                            <li><b>Publicly available information</b> – All material made available to the public must be provided in an accessible format. Among other requirements, all imagery must be provided with alternative text, and videos must be provided with narration.</li>
                            <li><b>Submitting comments</b> – Consideration should be given to how comments can be submitted to DelDOT to ensure that all individuals are provided an opportunity to provide comments in a manner that is accessible to them.</li>
                        </ul>
                        <h4>
                            5.1.2.6 Public Involvement for Traditionally Underserved Communities
                        </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                                <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Policy Implement O-03: Public Involvement Policy</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <p>
                            Gathering public input from all affected users is critical to formulating transportation solutions that will meet the needs of all stakeholders. Unfortunately, government programs, policies, and activities have historically underrepresented, and in some cases, disproportionately affected several community groups. This under representation and potential disproportionate affect is referred to as environmental justice (EJ). To ensure participation from all network users, it is vital that DelDOT and other transportation officials take proactive actions to engage these traditionally underserved populations.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            Ensuring underserved populations have input into the transportation decision-making process requires a programmatic approach by the transportation agency. To this end, DelDOT has established inclusive practices and procedures within their public engagement strategies to ensure that these communities are properly engaged during the project development process. DelDOT’s full public involvement policy for traditionally underserved communities is included as Appendix B of DelDOT’s Policy Implement O-03 entitled <u><i>DelDOT Public Involvement Policy</i></u>.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            A key element of the engagement process that is performed at the project level is an investigation into the demographic data surrounding a project to understand the population groups that may be affected. This investigation is typically conducted at the project initiation phase by the Environmental Stewardship section through use of the Initial Environmental Evaluation form discussed in more detail in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1.3 Initial Environmental Evaluation|Section 3.2.1.3]]. In cases where environmental justice communities are identified, the design team should coordinate with the Environmental Stewardship section and DelDOT’s Division of Community Relations to determine appropriate strategies to employ to effectively engage these communities in accordance with the policies outlined in the Policy Implement O-03 entitled <u><i>DelDOT Public Involvement Policy</i></u>.
                        </p>
                    </div>
                <h3>
                    5.1.3 Public Engagement Methods
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Conducting meaningful public engagement requires that the project team seek public interaction at specific points in the project development process dependent on the project’s specific needs. The engagement methods used as well as their timing within the project development process should be considered during creation of the project’s public involvement plan. The first step in selecting the appropriate public engagement methods is determining the purpose and goal of the engagements. Once this is determined, the appropriate engagement methods for the project can be selected. Figure 5.1.3 provides a general guide on typical engagement methods for public outreach efforts based on project complexity and engagement purpose. Rarely will a project’s scope cleanly fit into the actions outlined in Figure 5.1.3. Additionally, the project team must also consider the community makeup and identity while determining which engagement methods that the community would be most receptive to. Consequentially, there is no fixed public involvement format or schedule that can be applied to all projects. The most effective engagement methods to be employed must be determined on a project-by-project basis.
                </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 70%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Project Complexity</th>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Typical Purpose of Interaction</th>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Engagement Method</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td></td>
                        <td></td>
                        <td></td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:left;width: 70%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Project Complexity</th>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Typical Purpose of Interaction</th>
                        <th style="background-color:navy; color:white;">Engagement Method</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>
                            <p><strong>Very Minor:</strong></p>
                            <ul style="list-style-position: inside; padding-left: 0;">
                                <li>Traffic – No consequential effect.</li>
                                <li>Right-of-Way – No acquisitions.</li>
                                <li>Environment – No impact.</li>
                                <li>Only one alternative being considered.</li>
                            </ul>
                            <p><strong>Minor:</strong></p>
                            <ul style="list-style-position: inside; padding-left: 0;">
                                <li>Traffic – Minimal effect including short detours.</li>
                                <li>Right-of-Way – Temporary acquisitions with minor permanent acquisitions.</li>
                                <li>Environment – Minimal effect.</li>
                                <li>More than one alternative or multiple variations of an alternative are being considered.</li>
                            </ul>
                            <p><strong>Moderate:</strong></p>
                            <ul style="list-style-position: inside; padding-left: 0;">
                                <li>Traffic – Moderate effect including detours.</li>
                                <li>Right-of-Way – Moderate permanent acquisitions.</li>
                                <li>Environment – Moderate effect.</li>
                                <li>Several viable alternatives being considered.</li>
                            </ul>
                            <p><strong>Complex:</strong></p>
                            <ul style="list-style-position: inside; padding-left: 0;">
                                <li>Traffic – Large potential impact.</li>
                                <li>Right-of-Way – Large potential impacts.</li>
                                <li>Environmental – Project is considered an EA or EIS class of action with large potential effects to protected environmental resources.</li>
                                <li>Multiple viable alternatives.</li>
                            </ul>
                        </td>
                        <td></td>
                        <td></td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
               
            </div>


           
        <h2>
            5.2 Coordination with Municipalities
        </h2>
        <p>
            Section currently under development.
        </p>
        <h2>
            5.3 Environmental
        </h2>
        <p>
            All transportation projects will inherently affect the environment in which they are constructed. Accordingly, numerous agencies have been established, laws passed, and regulations adopted to govern a project’s potential impacts. A partial list of protected resources is provided in Section 5.3.2.2. This section establishes the processes and procedures that DelDOT employs to ensure that the State’s transportation needs are met in a way that minimizes impacts to the surrounding environment.
         </p>
         </p>
         <p>
         <p>
             Assessing an action’s environmental effect is a complex task due to the intricacies involved with evaluating resource impacts and because the governing regulations and their associated interpretations are continuously evolving. To meet these challenges, DelDOT provides an Environmental Stewardship section which is staffed with subject matter experts who work to achieve DelDOT’s goal of minimizing the environmental impacts of the State's transportation system. The section ensures that DelDOT projects and maintenance activities account for and take actions that protect, restore, mitigate for, and enhance the environment. The group also maintains and manages DelDOT’s relationships with the governing agencies to expedite the environmental coordination process. The Environmental Stewardship section’s specific role on an individual project will vary based on the project’s scope of work as well as what assignments have been delegated by DelDOT through professional service tasks. The activities that are normally overseen by this section within the project development process include, but are not limited to the following:  
             In general, projects can either be developed through in-house staff or can be developed in-whole or in-part by contracted consultant staff through professional service agreements. The Project Manager should consider multiple factors when establishing the design team, including but not limited to, the following:  
         </p>
         </p>
         <ul>
         <ul>
             <li>
             <li>
                 Provide recommendations for proper assessment surveys (e.g., wetland delineations, architectural, and archeological surveys).
                 Availability of in-house staff,  
            </li>
            <li>
                Jointly assess a project’s level of environmental impacts with the design team.
             </li>
             </li>
             <li>
             <li>
                 Perform coordination with applicable resource agencies including routine communications and establishing project-specific meetings when needed.
                 Expertise and experience required to perform project related tasks,
             </li>
             </li>
             <li>
             <li>
                 Provide recommendations on ways to mitigate impacts to environmental resources.
                 Desired implementation schedule, and
             </li>
             </li>
             <li>
             <li>
                 Administer the NEPA process. See Section 5.3.2 for additional information.
                 Available funding.
            </li>
            <li>
                Secure necessary project permits. See Section 5.3.3 for additional information.  
             </li>
             </li>
         </ul>
         </ul>
         <p>
         <p>
             Assessing a project’s potential environmental impact should be performed as early as feasible in the project development process. This assessment is ideally performed during the project initiation phase as part of a project’s initial scoping which is discussed in additional detail in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6 Project Scoping|Section 3.6]]. The design team should coordinate with the Environmental Stewardship section during this early phase to discuss the infrastructure deficiencies being addressed and the current vision of the project’s purpose and need and associated scope before proceeding too far into the project development process. The Environmental Stewardship section can provide insight and recommendations into any technical studies that may be required which will help inform the project’s scoping process. Determining and addressing environmental-related issues at this early stage through minor alignment shifts or other means will save time, reduce coordination efforts, and minimize potential future delays at later project stages.
             The procurement and subsequent management of professional services is further discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4 Professional Services|Section 3.4]] of this manual.
         </p>
         </p>
        <p>
            The environmental coordination process will culminate in the creation of various deliverables that will memorialize the coordination process depending upon the task being undertaken and the funds being used. Deliverables created through the environmental coordination process include, but is not limited to, the following:
        </p>
        <ul>
            <li>
                <b>Technical reports</b> – These will vary based on the project’s scope and potential impacts and could include wetland delineations, noise studies, archelogy reports, or other similar findings documents. Technical reports could include Planning and Environmental Linkage studies (PELs) which are further discussed in Section 5.3.1.
            </li>
            <li>
                <b>NEPA document</b> – NEPA documents are discussed in more detail in Section 5.3.2.
            </li>
            <li>
                <b>Project permits</b> – Project permits are discussed in more detail in Section 5.3.3.
            </li>
            <li>
                <b>Environmental Compliance (EC) plan sheets</b> – The EC sheets are intended to highlight water, wetland, and natural feature compliance issues but are used for 106 commitments when appropriate. This deliverable is included within the project plans.
            </li>
            <li>
                <b>Environmental Statement</b> – An environmental statement is provided for all advertised DelDOT contracts and all IDIQ contract work order locations. The statement is used to specify environmental compliance commitments, restrictions, and substantive permit and/or memorandum of agreement (MOA) special conditions.
            </li>
        </ul>
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.3.1 Planning and Environmental Linkage (PEL)
                     3.1.1 Support Sections
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     Planning and environmental linkage (PEL) strategies represent an integrated approach to transportation decision-making that consider environmental, community, and economic goals early in the transportation planning process, and then uses that information, analysis, and products developed to inform the environmental review process. As the name implies, the goal of PEL is to connect the analyses used to develop an agency’s planning deliverables discussed in [[Chapter 2 - Project Origination and Planning#2.1 Planning Standards|Section 2.1]] to the NEPA process so as to develop a more seamless decision-making process that minimizes duplication of effort, promotes environmental stewardship, and streamlines project delivery.
                     The design team’s efforts are supplemented by Support sections throughout DelDOT. Support sections typically oversee a particular area of the of the project development process and perform ancillary tasks to deliver a project. Support sections are relied upon by DelDOT as subject matter experts within their field due to their focus and expertise on a particular subject matter within the project development process. The process established in this manual is intended to leverage the expertise and experience of DelDOT’s of subject matter experts in order to develop complete, accurate, and thorough project deliverables which meet the applicable state and federal requirements. Coordination with subject matter experts is typically triggered by milestone submittals which are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3; however, communication and coordination with DelDOT subject matter experts should occur fluidly throughout the project development process as needs arise. Early and consistent communication throughout the project development process will promote informed decision-making, reduce duplicated efforts amongst staff, and allow early identification and subsequent remediation of challenges that could jeopardize project delivery.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Transportation agencies can create PEL studies that document the project level planning and environmental analysis that has been conducted prior to the formal start of the NEPA process. Completed PEL studies are intended to be appended or incorporated by reference to a project’s formal NEPA document. Any PEL study incorporated by reference must be reasonably available for inspection by potentially interested persons within the time allowed for comment. When completed properly, the PEL study will reduce the unnecessary recreation of information that is more appropriately developed as part of the initial planning process. PEL studies are typically created through a collaborative effort involving transportation planners, NEPA practitioners, resource agencies, and the public. Performing a PEL study may be especially beneficial when multiple projects with potentially overlapping boundaries are planned so project study and planning efforts can be coordinated. PEL studies may be pursued on a project-by-project basis at the discretion of the design team in consultation with DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section.
                 </p>
                 </p>
            </div> <!--end of h3-->
        <h2>
            3.2 Project Baselining
        </h2>
        <p>
            Project baselining is the term assigned to the task of evaluating a project’s specific conditions, parameters, and other associated constraints to determine an estimated project schedule and budget. A project is baselined during the project initiation phase and will typically be re-baselined several times throughout the full project development process. The design team should collaborate with support sections as needed while performing this task to ensure the development of accurate project baselines. Accurate project baselining is essential to the development of a fiscally constrained program to make efficient use of transportation funds.
        </p>
            <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.3.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Process
                     3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) ensures that actions that are performed by federal agencies or that utilize federal funds examine and consider the potential environmental effects of the proposed action. NEPA demands that agencies utilize a systematic interdisciplinary approach to balance infrastructure need with potential effects to the human and natural environment to reach a decision that is in the best overall public interest. The goal of NEPA is that all environmental investigations, reviews, and consultations be coordinated as a single and collaborative process and that compliance with all applicable environmental requirements be reflected in an environmental review document. NEPA requires a procedural process be performed and in and of itself does not mandate particular results or substantive outcomes. A project’s proposed purpose and need, scope, and potential resource impact will determine the level of analysis required.
                     Once assigned a project, the assigned section must review the project’s proposed scope and any associated planning and study level documents to create a project schedule, budget, public involvement plan, and an initial environmental evaluation. In cases where the project scope and goals are unclear, additional project scoping and alternatives analysis may be performed before establishing the project’s initial baseline. Some projects may come with a previously developed schedule and budget depending upon the program generating the project; in these cases, the design team should evaluate the validity of any previously developed schedules and budgets before formally committing to any previously developed project baselines.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ) was established under NEPA to advise the President, develop environmental policies, and to oversee the implementation of NEPA. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40 40 CFR 1500] are the regulations that implement NEPA across the federal government and further requires that each federal agency adopt regulations that implement NEPA for their agency. The United States Department of Transportation’s (US DOT’s) regulations are implemented through [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771].
                </p>
                <p>
                    In general, DelDOT will coordinate and complete the NEPA process with the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) providing varying levels of input based on the class of action. It is DelDOT’s goal to conduct the NEPA process in an inclusive manner which allows the active participation of individuals, businesses, interest groups, resource agencies, and affected constituencies. The NEPA process should be made transparent by providing public knowledge of the final decisions and the process used.  
                 </p>
                 </p>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The NEPA process includes the following key elements:
                     The design team should evaluate the project at this initial baselining stage to determine if an alternative project delivery or alternative contracting method should be pursued for the project. Additional information on the available contracting and project delivery methods are provided in Section 6.1.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>
                        Identifying the project’s purpose and need, as well as a range of alternatives to consider.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Determining and documenting the foreseeable social, economic, and environmental impacts of the proposed transportation improvement. Resources to be considered are described in additional detail in Section 5.3.2.2. This task may require the completion of environmental Stewardship or related engineering studies.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                    Coordinating with appropriate governing agencies.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Informing decision-makers and the public of the project’s scope and potential impacts (both positive and negative).
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Mitigating for inescapable environmental effects of a proposed action. These measures are to be incorporated into the action and documented in the environmental review document.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Documenting the analysis and decisions made.
                    </li>
                </ul>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The NEPA document should be written to:
                     At a minimum, the assigned section should make a concerted project scoping effort to identify the key project stakeholders as well as other specific conditions or parameters that could affect the project development process while developing the initial baseline. Additional information on project scoping is included in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6 Project Scoping|Section 3.6]].
                </p>
                 </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>
                        Tell the story of the project development process.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Be readily understandable to all audiences, including those without technical expertise.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Provide key information in an easy-to-use format. This includes using concise writing, effective visual graphics, and utilizing appendices for supporting information.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Focus significant issues and to discuss issues in proportion to their significance.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Demonstrate how the action will meet the pertinent legal requirements.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Identify methodologies used in the analysis.
                    </li>
                    <li>
                        Describe impacts associated with the action as well as all project commitments made.
                    </li>
                 </ul>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.3.2.1 Classes of Actions
                             3.2.1.1 Schedule
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Transportation projects vary in type, size and complexity, and potential to affect the environment. To account for this variability, [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.115] defines three classes of actions that prescribe the level of documentation required in the NEPA process. The classes of actions are determined by the level and significance of impact of the associated action. The design team must advise the Environmental Stewardship section of any changes to a project’s scope which could have the potential to affect the class of action of the project. The three classes of action are:
                             Project scheduling requires the identification of necessary work activities, development of work-hour estimates for work activities, and then defining relationships between the work activities to produce the project desired deliverables. The Project Manager is tasked with either verifying a previously developed project schedule or developing a new project development schedule as part of the project initiation process. The initial project development schedule will need to identify the proposed completion month for all milestone project development deliverables. DelDOT’s typical milestone deliverables are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3. The Project Manager is encouraged to use scheduling tools commensurate with the project’s complexity to assist in the development of the initial project schedule. Project scheduling tools can range from a simple Excel spreadsheet to a complex scheduling software that assigns task durations and analyzes critical paths.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            The Project Manager should consider all project specific criteria when developing the initial project schedule. Considerations include, but are not limited to, the following:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ol>
                         <ul>
                            <li>
                                The potential use of any contracting methods as discussed in Section 6.1,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Availability of the assigned design team,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Experience and associated capability of the assembled design team,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Complexity of the project,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                The number and type of desired milestone submittals and deliverables,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Identification of any critical project milestone dates,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Time needed for initial site investigation,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                The type and amount of expected public involvement,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Time needed for any necessary property acquisitions or trespass/ rail agreements,
                            </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 A categorical exclusion (CE),
                                 Time needed for utility coordination and potentially relocations,  
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 An environmental assessment (EA), and  
                                 Time needed to satisfy pertinent environmental requirements (i.e. permitting, wetland mitigation, 106 compliance, NEPA compliance etc.), and
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 An environmental impact statement (EIS).
                                 Any publicly committed completion timeframes.
                             </li>
                             </li>
                         </ol>
                         </ul>
                        <p>
                            The determination of the significance of an impact is a function of both context and intensity. Context requires that the significance of an action must be analyzed in several contexts such as society as a whole, the affected region, the affected interests, and the locality. Significance varies with the setting of the proposed action. Intensity refers to the severity of the proposed impact.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            It is noted that [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.115] allows a programmatic approach or agreement be made for any class of action.
                        </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.2.1.1 Categorical Exclusions (CEs)
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Categorical Exclusions (CEs) are defined in 23 CR 771.117(a) as actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant environmental effect. CEs do not induce significant impacts to planned growth or land use for the area; do not require the relocation of significant numbers of people; do not have a significant impact on any natural, cultural, recreational, historic or other resource; do not involve significant air, noise, or water quality impacts; do not have significant impacts on travel patterns; or do not otherwise, either individually or cumulatively, have any significant environmental impacts. Though the documentation required for a CE is less strenuous than the other defined classes of actions, almost all CEs will require some level of resource impact evaluation and agency coordination.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    DelDOT and the FHWA maintain a programmatic agreement which establishes the responsibilities and obligations of both agencies to process and document CEs for Federal-aid highway projects. The programmatic agreement streamlines projects with minimal environmental impacts by authorizing DelDOT to determine and document whether these projects qualify for a CE on behalf of FHWA pursuant to [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.117(g)].
                                </p>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/FHWA-DelDOT-Programmatic-Agreement-Categorical-Exclusions.pdf?cache=1700664921129 FHWA Programmatic Agreement Regarding CEs]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>DelDOT NEPA Categorical Exclusion Guidebook</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_FHWA_Approval.pdf CE Checklist Template FHWA Approval]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_DelDOT_Approval.pdf CE Checklist DelDOT Approval]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    The current programmatic agreement and associated documentation can be accessed at the following locations:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>
                                        [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/FHWA-DelDOT-Programmatic-Agreement-Categorical-Exclusions.pdf?cache=1700664921129 Programmatic Agreement],
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        [DelDOT NEPA Categorical Exclusion Guidebook],
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_FHWA_Approval.pdf CE Checklist Template FHWA Approval], and
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_DelDOT_Approval.pdf CE Checklist DelDOT Approval].
                                    </li>
                                </ul>
                                <p>
                                    The programmatic agreement defines three available paths to a CEs approval:
                                </p>
                                <ol>
                                    <li>
                                        Appendix A lists actions that qualify for a CE in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.117(c)]. Approval of these activities is delegated to DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship Manager and do not normally require any further NEPA approvals by the FHWA provided that the action meets the following conditions:
                                        <ol type="a">
                                            <li>
                                                Meets the definition of a CE,
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                Does not exceed the thresholds provided in Section IV(A)(1)(b) of the programmatic agreement, and
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                Does not include any unusual circumstances which would make CE approval inappropriate in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.117(b)].
                                            </li>
                                        </ol>
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        Appendix B lists actions that qualify for a CE in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.117(d)]. These actions require that DelDOT certify to the FHWA and provide appropriate documentation demonstrating that the project meets the definition of a CE. The FHWA has sole approval authority over these actions. The documentation submitted to the FHWA is to include this [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_DelDOT_Approval.pdf CE Checklist Form].
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        Actions outside of those listed in Appendix A and B or which exceed the threshold requirements provided in Section IV(A)(1)(b) of the programmatic agreement may still be processed as a CE. In these cases, DelDOT will certify to the FHWA and provide appropriate documentation demonstrating that the project meets the definition of a CE and that the action does not involve unusual circumstances that warrant the preparation of an EA or EIS. The FHWA has sole approval authority over these actions. The documentation submitted to the FHWA is to include this [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/CEE_checklist_template_FHWA_Approval.pdf CE Checklist Form].
                                    </li>
                                <p>
                                    Under the conditions of the programmatic agreement, the FHWA is obligated to provide timely advice, technical assistance, and review of certified actions as requested.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.2.1.2 Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    An environmental impact statement (EIS) is to be prepared for projects that have significant environmental impacts. Examples of transportation actions that normally require an EIS are listed in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.115(a)]. EISs require the performance of a formal scoping process in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.123]. The scoping process will be used to identify the project’s purpose and need, the range of alternatives and impacts, and the significant issues to be prioritized and addressed in the EIS. The EIS must evaluate all reasonable alternatives to the proposed action and document the reasons why other alternatives, which may have been considered, were eliminated from detailed study. The EIS must summarize the studies, reviews, consultations, and coordination required by environmental laws or executive orders to the extent appropriate. A recommended format for an EIS is included in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1502 40 CFR 1502.10]; however, FHWA’s current policy on EISs encourages deviations from [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1502 40 CFR 1502.10] if it conveys information more effectively. An EIS must be completed within two-years of its start in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1501 40 CFR 1501.10] and must be limited to 150 pages in length, in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1502 40 CFR 1502.7].
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    The EIS process will ultimately culminate in approval of a combined Final EIS/ Record of Decision (ROD) (see [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.124]) or a standalone ROD (see [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.127]). When performed, EISs should be developed using a tiered approach as discussed in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111(g)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1502 40 CFR 1502.20]. EISs are rarely performed for transportation projects in Delaware. All Final EIS/ Record of Decision documents are to be posted to the project’s website until the project is constructed and open for operation.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.2.1.3 Environmental Assessment (EA)
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    An environmental assessment (EA) is performed in consultation with the administering federal agency for actions which cannot be classified as either a CE (see Section 5.3.2.1.1) or an EIS (see Section 5.3.2.1.2) and the level of environmental impact is unclear. An EA must be completed within one-year of its start in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1501 40 CFR 1501.10] and must be limited to 75 pages in length, in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1502 40 CFR 1502.5(f)]. The process for conducting an EA is described in detail in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.119]. EAs require consultation with interested agencies and other stakeholders as well as public involvement. If at any point during the EA process, the administering federal agency or DelDOT determines that the action is likely to have a significant impact on the environment, the preparation of an EIS as described in Section 5.3.2.1.2 will be required. If no significant impact is discovered during the EA process, DelDOT must provide the EA documentation to the administering agency and recommend the issuance of a Finding of No Significant Impacts (FONSI), which would serve as the project’s environmental documentation. EAs are rarely performed for transportation projects in Delaware. All final FONSI documents are to be posted to the project’s website until the project is constructed and open for operation.
                                </p>
                            </div>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.3.2.2 Protected Resources
                             3.2.1.2 Budget
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Protected resources, for the purpose of this manual, are defined as elements or features that contribute to the human and built environment or the natural environment and which are protected in some capacity by law, regulation, or other policy. This section is not intended to be an all-encompassing list of protected resources that must be considered during the project development process. The design team should work with DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section to identify protected resources within a project’s vicinity and to determine the need and timing for any field or baseline studies to be completed as part of the environmental screening process.
                             Accurately establishing the budget during the project initiation phase is essential to ensuring a fiscally responsible program and proper project funding. Overestimating the budget will lead to surplus funds being withheld from other infrastructure projects and underestimating the budget could lead to schedule disruptions. A project may be assigned to a section either with or without an already estimated budget depending upon the mechanism generating the project. Whether or not the project is assigned with a pre-estimated budget, the Project Manager and the design team should perform a project cost estimate for the design phase, the right-of-way acquisition, and construction phase which is commensurate with the project’s complexity and overall size. Additional information on cost estimating is included within Section 6.5. In all cases, the project’s budget during this stage in the project development process is to be recorded into the following funding phases:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <p>
                         <ul>
                            Impacts to protected resources must be evaluated as part of the project development process. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1508 40 CFR 1508.1] defines impacts as “changes to the environment from the proposed action that are reasonably foreseeable” and establishes three different categories of impacts:
                        </p>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Public Involvement Policy</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <ol>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Direct effects</b>, which are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place as the action.
                                 Preliminary Engineering (PE, includes all design related work required to get the project through the advertisement phase),
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Indirect effects</b>, which are caused by the action but occur later in time or are farther removed in distance from the action.
                                 Right-of-Way (RW), and
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Cumulative effects</b>, which are caused by the incremental effects of the action when added to the impacts of other past, present, and future reasonably foreseeable actions regardless of what agency or person undertakes such actions. Cumulative effects can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over time.  
                                 Construction (C, includes any construction contingency, environmental monitoring during construction, railroad construction, traffic construction, reimbursable utility design, inspection, and construction, and construction engineering (CE) costs).
                             </li>
                             </li>
                         </ol>
                         </ul>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The design team should work with the Environmental Stewardship section to establish the environmental mitigation and subsequent commitments for a project. Typically, a project’s environmental commitments are agreed upon between DelDOT and the regulatory agencies during the NEPA process and in compliance with state and federal requirements. A project’s mitigation should follow the sequencing order established in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-V/subchapter-A/part-1508 40 CFR 1508.1(s)] which includes the following:
                             Items the Project Manager should consider while developing the initial project budget, include but is not limited to, the following:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <ul>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Avoiding</b> the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action. This could include alignment shifts, grade changes or alternate locations of facilities to avoid protected resources.
                                 Professional services required to perform existing site investigation activities discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7 Existing Site Investigation|Section 3.7]],
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Minimizing</b> impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation. Minimization measures could include alignment shifts or design measures to reduce the footprint of an impact; time of year construction restrictions to avoid endangered species habitat during breeding season; or landscaping to serve as a visual screen.
                                 Professional services required to perform project design,
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Rectifying</b> the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment.
                                 Professional services required to perform any ancillary tasks required to deliver a project (i.e. utility coordination, public outreach, environmental permitting etc.),
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Reducing</b> or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action.
                                 The expected cost of any right-of-way acquisitions that may be required, and
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Compensating/ Mitigating</b> for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments. This could include adding to public parks and recreation areas to replace lost facilities or constructing wetland mitigation sites.
                                 The expected cost of all necessary construction and inspection activities.
                             </li>
                             </li>
                         </ul>
                         </ul>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.2.2.1 Human and Built Environment
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Human and built environment resources are elements that are a direct result of some form of human intervention or creation and are therefore not naturally occurring. Performing public outreach during the planning and project development process is an integral part of assessing a planned action’s effect on the human and built environment and also in evaluating measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate the effect. DelDOT’s required level of public involvement during the project development process is detailed in DelDOT Policy Implement O-003 entitled Public Involvement Policy and is discussed in more detail in Section 5.1.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    Unmarked human burial and human skeletal remains found during either the design or construction phases are to be handled in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c054/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 54]. No further disturbance of skeletal remains shall commence until coordination with the Cultural Resources staff within DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section has been performed.
                                </p>
                                    <div class="tab"> <!--h6-->
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.1 Environmental Justice
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The concept of environmental justice, commonly referred to as EJ, has existed in statute since the passage of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, and national origin in programs and activities receiving federal financial assistance. Environmental justice is a recognition that government programs, policies, and activities can disproportionately affect minority and low-income populations. Achieving environmental justice is important as it ensures full and fair participation by all potentially affected communities in the development, construction, operation, and maintenance of transportation facilities.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Executive Order 12898 was issued in 1994 to direct federal agencies to the greatest extent practicable, to identify and address disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations. The executive order requires each federal agency to develop an agency-wide environmental justice strategy to implement the goals of the executive order requirements. US DOT issued its environmental justice strategy in 1995 and the FHWA issued its own order in 1998 (Order 6640.23). US DOT and FHWA continuously review and update their environmental justice policies.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Environmental justice requires that agencies identify, evaluate, and then address actions that could lead to an inequitable distribution of benefits and burdens. DelDOT’s process for identifying environmental justice communities is documented within its [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.1 Public Engagement|DelDOT NEPA Categorical Exclusion Guidebook]].
                                        </p>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>DelDOT NEPA Categorical Exclusion Guidebook</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.2 Historic Preservation
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Numerous statutes exist to preserve historic and archeological resources. The most comprehensive of which is the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 which includes Section 106 (54 U.S.C. 306108). Section 106 requires federal agencies to consider the effects of their undertakings on historic properties and affords the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) reasonable opportunity to comment on such undertakings. The regulations implementing Section 106 are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-VIII/part-800 36 CFR 800] and establishes procedures for how federal agencies meet their statutory responsibility. The [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-VIII/part-800 36 CFR 800] regulations require the agency responsible for the undertaking to consult with the State Historic Preservation Officers (SHPOs), Tribal Historic Preservation Officers (THPOs), representatives of local government, and additional interested parties. The goal of the consultation process is to identify historic properties potentially affected by an undertaking, assess its effects on the properties, and seek ways to avoid, minimize, or mitigate these effects.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The proposed use of land from an historic resource on or eligible for the National Register will additionally require an evaluation and approval under Section 4(f) of the DOT Act of 1966. The regulatory requirements for 4(f) properties are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774]. Section 4(f) also applies to all archeological sites on or eligible for the National Register and which warrant preservation in place in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.11(f)]. A 4(f) property will only be approved for use if it is determined there is no feasible and prudent alternative and that the action includes all possible planning to minimize harm to the property, or there is only a de minimis impact as defined by [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.17]. Additional statutes and related regulations regarding historic preservation are included in Table 5.3.2.2.1.2.
                                        </p>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 14px;text-align: middle;">Table 5.3.2.2.1.2 – Additional Statutes Regarding Historic Preservation</caption>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Title</b></th>
                                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Reference</b></th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>American Antiquities Act of 1906</td>
                                                <td>[https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title54/subtitle3/divisionC/chapter3203&edition=prelim 54 U.S.C. 320301 – 320303]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Archeological Resources Protection Act of 1979</td>
                                                <td>[https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title54/subtitle3/divisionB/node510/chapter3125&edition=prelim 54 U.S.C. 312501 – 312508] and [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?req=granuleid:USC-prelim-title23-section305&num=0&edition=prelim 23 U.S.C. 305]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Native American Grave Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990</td>
                                                <td>[https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title25/chapter32&edition=prelim 25 U.S.C. 3001 – 3013]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act Regulations – Disposition of Culturally Unidentifiable Human Remains</td>
                                                <td>[https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-43/subtitle-A/part-10 43 CFR Part 10]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Determination of Eligibility for Inclusion in the National Register of Historic</td>
                                                <td>[https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-I/part-63 36 CFR 63]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>National Historic Landmarks Program</td>
                                                <td>[https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-I/part-65 36 CFR 65]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.3 Publicly Owned Parkland and Other Publicly Owned Recreational Areas
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Publicly owned parkland and recreational areas open to the public are protected under Section 4(f) of the DOT Act of 1966, which also includes wildlife and waterfowl refuges. The regulatory requirements for 4(f) properties are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774]. Coordination with the official or officials that own or administer (official with jurisdiction) the property is required in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.5(b)]. A 4(f) property will only be approved for use if it is determined there is no feasible and prudent alternative and that the action includes all possible planning to minimize harm to the property, or there is only a de minimis impact as defined by [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.17].
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Recreational areas that received funding assistance through the Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF) Act of 1964 are additionally protected by Section 6(f) of the act. Section 6(f) contains strong provisions to protect federal investments but does allow for some flexibility. The regulatory requirements for 6(f) properties are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-I/part-59 36 CFR 59]. Land that is proposed to be converted to another use must meet the conversion requirements of [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-36/chapter-I/part-59 36 CFR 59.3] to be considered.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.4 Air Quality
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The most comprehensive legislation related to air quality is the Clean Air Act of 1967, which has been amended many times since its initial adoption. The Clean Air Act defines the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) responsibilities for protecting and improving the nation’s air quality as well as the stratospheric ozone layer to protect human health and the environment. The Clean Air Act established six criteria pollutants (carbon monoxide (CO2), lead (Pb), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), ozone (O3), particulate matter (PM–10 and PM2.5), and sulfur dioxide (SO2)) and required the creation of national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) for those pollutants. The Clean Air Act also requires that each state develop and maintain a State Implementation Plan (SIP) that identifies and commits to attaining and then maintaining the NAAQs. In Delaware, the Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC) is responsible for preparing and updating the SIP in accordance with the procedures contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1100/1132.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1132].
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The Clean Air Act establishes three designations for areas based on ambient air quality conditions observed for the NAAQS criteria pollutants. These designations are instrumental in establishing a state DOT’s responsibilities under the Clean Air Act. The three designations established by the Clean Air Act are as follows:
                                        </p>
                                        <ul>
                                            <li><b>Nonattainment area</b>, which is any geographic region of the United States which has a pollutant that exceeds the established NAAQS.</li>
                                            <li><b>Maintenance area</b>, which is any geographic region of the United States previously designated as nonattainment and subsequently redesignated to attainment.</li>
                                            <li><b>Attainment area</b>, which is any geographic area where air pollution levels consistently stay below the established NAAQS and which are not considered Maintenance areas.</li>
                                        </ul>
                                        <p>
                                            The EPA maintains a database of nonattainment areas for the criteria pollutants online in what is called the [https://www.epa.gov/green-book Green Book]. Currently, New Castle County is designated as moderate – nonattainment for 8-hour Ozone O3.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The regulations implementing the Clean Air Act for transportation plans, programs, and projects are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-I/subchapter-C/part-93 40 CFR 93]. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-I/subchapter-C/part-93 40 CFR 93] works in combination with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-E/part-450 23 CFR 450] to effectively integrate the transportation planning and air quality planning processes with the goal of reducing the severity and number of violations of the NAAQS. Under the regulations, a state’s transportation activities must conform to the SIP which means the actions cannot cause new air quality violations, worsen existing violations, or delay timely attainment of the NAAQS or any other required interim emission reduction or milestone in any nonattainment or maintenance area.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The responsibility for ensuring conformity to the SIP is delegated to the Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-E/part-450 23 CFR 450] and [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1100/1132.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1132]. Additional information on the federal planning standards is contained in [[Chapter 2 - Project Origination and Planning#2.1 Planning Standards|Section 2.1]]. Projects that are not exempt from conformity in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-40/chapter-I/subchapter-C/part-93 40 CFR 93.126] and that are found to be in violation of conformity standards may have federal funds withheld. The air quality analysis required during the project development process will vary considerably in content and level of detail from one project to another based on the project scope, size, geographic location, background conditions, and anticipated impacts.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.5 Noise
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The primary federal statutes governing highway traffic noise are the 1970 Federal-aid Highway Act and the Noise Control Act of 1972. The FHWA developed the procedures contained within [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-772 23 CFR 772] for abatement of highway traffic noise and construction noise in accordance with these governing statutes. In addition, DelDOT maintains Policy Implement D-03 entitled [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/policies/pdfs/d03_transportation_noise.pdf?cache=1703933611213 Noise Policy Implement] which prescribes DelDOT’s procedures for noise studies and noise abatement measures for transportation projects defined as a Type I Project by the policy to help protect the public's health, welfare and livability, to supply noise abatement criteria, and to establish requirements for information to be shared with local officials.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Noise levels are protected at the state level as well by [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c071/sc01/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 71] with the implementing regulations  being contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1100/1149.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1149]. [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1100/1149.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1149 (4.2.4)] includes specific provisions for construction noise. Additionally, municipalities or counties may have more restrictive protections for noise. DelDOT projects are additionally bound to the requirements contained in State Bond Bill epilogue language. Policy Implement X-XX entitled Construction Night Work describes DelDOT’s policy for notifying and obtaining approvals for when DelDOT reasonably expects the use of night work for any of its construction activities. [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.1 Public Engagement|Section 5.1]] includes additional information on the procedures to be used when a project is considering the use of night work.
                                        </p>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Policy Implement D-03: [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/policies/pdfs/d03_transportation_noise.pdf?cache=1703933611213 Noise Policy Implement]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.6 Hazardous Material
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Hazardous material (commonly referred to as hazmat) waste sites pose liability and long-term maintenance and cost challenges in addition to their associated environmental factors that must be considered. Discovery of hazardous waste has the potential to delay project development or stop construction until the long, complex, and costly process of investigation, coordination, and analysis produces acceptable measures to control, contain, treat, monitor, and dispose of the hazardous material. Therefore, all reasonable efforts should be made during the planning and design phases to find and prepare mitigation strategies for known or suspected hazardous material sites.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The primary federal statutes pertaining to hazardous waste sites are the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA). RCRA authorizes the United States EPA to control the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous wastes. It is noted that RCRA addresses only active and future facilities and not abandoned or historical sites. CERCLA provides broad authority to the EPA to respond directly to releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances. Additionally, CERCLA assigns the liability for cleanup costs of contaminated sites to the responsible parties. Delaware’s regulations governing hazardous waste are primarily contained in [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c060/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 60], [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c063/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 63], [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c091/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 91], [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1300/1302/index.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1302], and [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1300/1375.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1375]. Additional information on the hazmat coordination process is contained in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.9 Hazardous Materials|Section 5.9]].                                            .
                                        </p>
                                        <!-- <p>
                                            The federal statues pertaining to hazardous waste sites are contained in Table 5.3.2.1.6. Additionally, [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c063/index.html 7 Del.  C Chap 63] and [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/1000/1300/1302/index.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 1302] contain Delaware’s regulations governing hazardous waste. Hazardous waste sites pose liability and long-term maintenance and cost challenges in addition to the environmental factors that must be considered. Discovery of hazardous waste has the potential to delay project development or stop construction until long, complex, and costly process of investigation, coordination, and analysis produces acceptable measures to control, contain, treat, monitor, and dispose of the hazardous material. Accordingly, all reasonable efforts should be made during the planning and design phases to find and prepare mitigation strategies for known or suspected hazardous material sites.
                                        </p> -->
                                        <!--<table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 5.3.2.2.1.6 – Additional Statutes Regarding Hazardous Material</caption>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Title</b></th>
                                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Reference</b>></th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 </td>
                                                <td>[https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter82&edition=prelim 42 U.S.C. 6901 — 6992k]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980</td>
                                                <td>[https://gpinet.sharepoint.com/sites/DelDOTPDManualUpdate/Shared Documents/General/Manual Development/42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986</td>
                                                <td>[https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter103&edition=prelim 42 U.S.C. 9671—9675]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>The Brownfields Utilization, Investment and Local Development (BUILD) Act 2018</td>
                                                <td>[https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2018/06/26/2018-13719/brownfields-utilization-investment-and-local-development-build-act 83 FR 29782]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>-->
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.7 Land Use
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The conversion of land to provide transportation facilities is generally considered an irreversible commitment as land dedicated to transportation is rarely changed to other uses during the life of the highway facility. Accordingly, government performed activities affecting transportation facilities have potential to have large effects to the immediate and surrounding land uses. The project team should assess an activity’s potential effects to the surrounding land use as part of their evaluation of an action’s impacts to the human and built environment. This assessment will require reviewing local and regional development trends and any pertinent state and/or local government plans or policies for land use and growth in the area to ensure consistency. Where possible, the distinction between planned and unplanned growth should be identified.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.8 Right-of-Way
                                        </h6>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/FHWA-DelDOT-Programmatic-Agreement-Categorical-Exclusions.pdf?cache=1700664921129 FHWA Programmatic Agreement Regarding CEs]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <p>
                                            The human and built environment will be impacted by the size and level of right-of-way acquisitions that an action requires. For example, right-of-way effects on the human and built environment can range from small area temporary construction easements to total property acquisitions for permanent inclusion in operational right-of-way requiring property owner relocations. The DelDOT and FHWA [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/FHWA-DelDOT-Programmatic-Agreement-Categorical-Exclusions.pdf?cache=1700664921129 Programmatic Agreement] establishes acquisition thresholds which would preclude DelDOT from approving the action without additional FHWA involvement. The primary statute governing right-of-way acquisition and relocation assistance is the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970. This Act requires that relocation assistance be made available to all displaced persons without discrimination, so that they do not suffer a disproportionate burden as a result of a project designed for public benefit. The regulations implementing the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-49/subtitle-A/part-24 49 CFR 24]. Additional information about DelDOT’s right-of-way process is contained in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5 Right-of-Way|Section 5.5]].
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.1.9 Other Social Impacts
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Additional impacts which could affect the social fabric and quality of life for the community surrounding a proposed project must also be considered. A project and its social effects could be considered beneficial or adverse depending on the existing community and its values as well as the scope of work proposed. The following are among the social impacts that should be evaluated:
                                        </p>
                                        <ul>
                                            <li><b>Community cohesion</b> – Impacts to community cohesion would include altering connectivity by separating, splitting, or isolating neighborhoods or communities. However, actions also have the potential to create new connections as well. Indicators of community cohesion may include observable interactions between individuals/groups or shared attitudes and beliefs.</li>
                                            <li><b>Safety</b> – Impacts to overall public safety include any project specific impacts of the action relating to the safety of motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians and all multi-modal users.</li>
                                            <li><b>Economic</b> – Impacts to the local or regional economy would include evaluating an action’s effect to future developments, tax revenues and public expenditures, employment opportunities, and retail sales. Additionally, changes in access control should also be evaluated due to its potential wide-reaching economic effects.</li>
                                            <li><b>Access to services</b> – Impacts to access to services would include actions that would create, remove, or alter travel patterns to services that include, but are not limited to, shopping areas, school districts, emergency services, churches, recreation area, or libraries. Access to services should be evaluated for all modes of transportation including multimodal and transit.</li>
                                        </ul>
                                        <p>
                                            Performing the social impact assessment can be conducted through a combination of desktop reviews, field investigations, and coordination with local stakeholders. Identified social impacts should be evaluated to ensure environmental justice as discussed in [[Chapter 5 Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.1.1 Environmental Justice|Section 5.3.2.2.1.1]].
                                        </p>
                                    </div>
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.2.2.2 Natural Environment
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Natural environmental resources are elements or features within our environment that exist independent of human intervention. Natural environment resources are an integral part of our ecosystem as well as culture. The development of a well-justified purpose and need statement is imperative when effects to the natural environment are proposed. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-777 23 CFR 777] establishes the policy and procedures for evaluating and mitigating adverse environmental impacts to wetlands and other natural habitat resulting from actions of Federal-aid projects.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    Many natural environmental resources are protected under Section 4(f) of the DOT Act of 1966. The regulatory requirements for 4(f) properties are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774]. Coordination with the official with jurisdiction or officials that own or administer the property is required in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.5(b)]. A 4(f) property will only be approved for use if it is determined there is no feasible and prudent alternative and that the action includes all possible planning to minimize harm to the property, or there is only a de minimis impact as defined by [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-774 23 CFR 774.17]. DNREC maintains several programs that protect the natural, scenic, or open-space values of real property which may create 4(f) implications. These programs include the follow:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li><b>Conservation easements</b> – [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c069/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 69] authorizes DNREC to enter into voluntary nonpossessory agreements with landowners to place development restricts on their property.</li>
                                    <li><b>Nature preserves</b> – [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c073/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 73] authorizes DNREC to acquire and hold property in trust for the benefit of the people. Property cannot be acquired through exercise of the power of eminent domain under this program.</li>
                                    <li><b>Open space program</b> – [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c075/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 75] authorizes DNREC to acquire open space or to encourage the dedication of currently open space lands to private land preservation organizations. Property cannot be acquired through exercise of the power of eminent domain under this program.</li>
                                </ul>
                                <p>
                                    A common mitigation strategy that DelDOT and other agencies use to provide compensatory mitigation are mitigation banks. A mitigation bank is a wetland, stream, aquatic resource, or other natural habitat that has been restored, created, enhanced, or in exceptional circumstances, preserved, expressly for the purpose of providing compensatory mitigation in advance of authorized impacts to similar resources. DelDOT will prioritize the creation of on-site mitigation but will use off-site project specific mitigation sites or mitigation banks when deemed necessary. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section is tasked with planning, protecting, creating, monitoring, and tracking the Department’s mitigation and mitigation bank sites.
                                </p>
                                    <div class="tab"> <!--h6-->
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.1 Water Quality
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The nation’s transportation infrastructure plays a prominent and unique role in managing and affecting water quality. Transportation owners are tasked with conveying drainage runoff within their facilities and typically the surrounding land uses as well. Additionally, transportation assets usually comprise a significant portion of the land within a watershed and therefore contribute directly to the watershed’s overall water quality.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The comprehensive federal law establishing water quality policy is the Clean Water Act of 1972 ([https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title33/chapter26&edition=prelim 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.]). The Clean Water Act significantly reorganized and expanded upon the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1948. The Clean Water Act created national water quality criteria recommendations for pollutants in surface waters, required that all discharges of dredged or fill material into a water of the United States be regulated, and made it unlawful to discharge any pollutant from a point source into navigable waters, unless a permit was obtained. The EPA’s National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program is tasked with permitting the nation’s point source discharges while the United States Army Corps of Engineers permits discharges of dredged or fill material into a water. A point source discharge is considered any discrete conveyance such as a pipe or a man-made ditch. Additional information about obtaining water quality standards on a project level is provided in [[Chapter 4 - Elements of Design#4.8 Stormwater Management|Section 4.8]] and [[Chapter 4 - Elements of Design#4.9 Erosion and Sediment Control|Section 4.9]].
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Additional federal water quality legislation includes the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974 ([https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title42/chapter6A/subchapter12/partF&edition=prelim 42 U.S.C. 300 Part F]) and the National Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968 ([https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter28&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 1271 et. seq.]). The Safe Drinking Water Act provides additional protections for the country’s drinking water supply while the National Wild and Scenic Rivers Act creates additional protections for designated rivers to preserve their outstanding natural, cultural, and recreational values in a free-flowing condition for the enjoyment of present and future generations. The National Wild and Scenic Rivers Act safeguards the special character of these rivers, while also recognizing the potential for their appropriate use and development. The act encourages river management that crosses political boundaries and promotes public participation in developing goals for river protection. In Delaware, there are nearly 100 miles of Wild and Scenic Rivers which includes the White Clay Creek.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            Water quality is protected at the state level as described below:
                                        </p>
                                        <ul>
                                            <li>
                                                [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c060/sc02/index.html 7 Del. C § 6003(7)] and [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c060/sc04/index.html 7 Del. C § 6071] provide protections for potential pollutant discharges into water bodies. [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/7000/7200/7201.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 7201] contains the implementing regulations.
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/5000/5101.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 5101] regulates land development activities with the goal of reducing stormwater runoff potential, soil erosion, and nonpoint source pollution.
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c072/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 72] requires that activities that use or change subaqueous land be permitted. [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/7000/7500/7504.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 7504] contains the implementing regulations for enforcement of [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c072/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 72].
                                            </li>
                                        </ul>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.2 Fish and Wildlife
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The nation’s fish and wildlife are protected by numerous federal statutes. The legislation that shaped the current protection policy to protect fish and wildlife was the Endangered Species Act of 1973 ([https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter35&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.]). The act was passed by congress in recognition that our nation’s rich natural heritage is of “esthetic, ecological, educational, recreational, and scientific value to our Nation and its people”. The Endangered Species Act creates a coordinated program to conserve imperiled species and the ecosystems upon which they depend through an interagency consultation process. The program is administered by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). The USFWS has primary responsibility for terrestrial and freshwater organisms, while the responsibilities of NMFS are mainly marine wildlife such as whales and anadromons fish such as salmon. The regulatory requirements implementing the Endangered Species Act are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-IV/subchapter-A/part-402 50 CFR 402].
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The Endangered Species Act allows the overseeing regulatory agency to list a species as either “endangered” or “threatened” thereby establishing protections for the species of fish, wildlife, or plant. The USFWS and NMFS will additionally designate “critical habitat” at the time of listing, when appropriate. Actions proposed by an agency must be reviewed to determine the presence or absence of listed and proposed threatened or endangered species and designated and proposed critical habitat in the project area. When a listed or proposed species or a designated or proposed critical habitat may be present in the project area, a biological assessment must be prepared in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-50/chapter-IV/subchapter-A/part-402 50 CFR 402.12] to evaluate the potential effects of the action on the listed and proposed species and designated and proposed critical habitat and to determine whether any such species or habitat are likely to be adversely affected by the action. Actions prohibited by the act must be coordinated and ultimately permitted through interagency coordination.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            There are several other federal statutes that protect the nation’s fish and wildlife in addition to the Endangered Species Act. A brief discussion of the most pertinent protections is provided below:
                                        </p>
                                        <ul>
                                            <li><b>Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976</b> – This is the primary law governing marine fisheries management in federal waters of the United States. The law is intended to prevent overfishing, rebuild overfished stocks, increase long-term economic and social benefits, and ensure a safe and sustainable supply of seafood. Under the law, congress has established the Essential Fish Habitat (EFH) mandate which requires consultation be performed when a federal activity occurs in an area that could affect essential fish habitat. The statute is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter38&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq].</li>
                                            <li><b>Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act of 1934</b> – Legislation enacted to protect fish and wildlife when federal actions result in the control or modification of a natural stream or body of water. The statute is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter5A&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 661 et seq].</li>
                                            <li><b>Migratory Bird Treaty Act of 1918</b> – This law makes it illegal to take possess, import, export, transport, sell, purchase, barter, or offer for sale, purchase, or barter, any migratory bird, or the parts, nests, or eggs of such a bird except under the terms of a valid permit issued pursuant to federal regulations. The statute is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter7&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 703].</li>
                                            <li><b>The Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act of 1940</b> – This law makes it illegal for anyone to take, possess, sell, purchase, barter, offer to sell, purchase or barter, transport, export or import, at any time or any manner, any bald eagle or any golden eagle, alive or dead, or any part, nest, or egg thereof. The statute is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter5A&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 668 et seq].</li>
                                            <li><b>Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972</b> – This law prohibits, with certain exceptions, the creation of adverse effects to marine mammals in waters of the United States. The statute is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter31&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.].</li>
                                        </ul>
                                        <p>
                                            DNREC is empowered under [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c001/index.html 7 Del. C § 102] to protect, manage, and conserve all forms of wildlife in the State of Delaware. Under their authority, DNREC has established additional state-listed endangered species in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/3000/3900%20Wildlife/3900.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 3900 (16.0)] as well as incorporated several of the federal protections into state law as well.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.3 Wetlands
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Wetlands are delicate natural resources which serve many important and beneficial functions for people, fish, and wildlife. Wetlands improve water quality, store flood waters, maintain surface water flow during dry periods, and create diverse creature habitat. Wetlands with a continuous surface connection to a waterbody are protected under the federal Clean Water Act which is described more fully within [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.1 Water Quality|Section 5.3.2.2.2.1]]. Additional federal protections may be provided for wetlands in coastal environments through the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 and the Coastal Barriers Resources Act of 1982 which are described in more detail in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.4 Coastal Locations|Section 5.3.2.2.2.4]]. Additionally, Executive Order 11990 and DOT Order 5660.1A direct federal agencies to avoid new construction in wetlands unless there is no practicable alternative to the construction and the proposed action includes all practicable measures to minimize harm to the wetlands.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            At the state level, wetlands are protected by the Delaware Wetlands Act ([https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c066/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 66]) and the Delaware Subaqueous Lands Act ([https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c072/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 72]). The administrative code implementing these regulations are contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/7000/7500/7502.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 7502] and  [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/7000/7500/7504.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 7504], respectively. 
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.4 Coastal Locations
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Delaware has an extensive coastline that is protected at both the federal and state level. The two pertinent federal laws establishing protections for coastal locations are the Coastal Barriers Resources Act of 1982 and the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972. The Coastal Barriers Resources Act protects features within locations designated as “coastal barrier units” by prohibiting the expenditure of federal funds to develop these sensitive areas. Coastal barriers are considered landscape features that protect the mainland from the full force of wind, storm surges, or other tidal energy. The Coastal Zone Management Act encourages states to develop their own coastal management program to protect, restore, and establish preservation and development responsibilities through financial incentives. States that have an approved coastal management program are permitted to review federal actions within the coastal area to ensure the action is consistent with the State’s coastal management program. The Coastal Barriers Resources Act is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter55&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 3501 et seq]. and the Coastal Zone Management Act is codified in [https://uscode.house.gov/view.xhtml?path=/prelim@title16/chapter33&edition=prelim 16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.] DNREC oversees Delaware’s Coastal Management Program.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            At the state level, [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c068/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 68] provides authority to the DNREC to enhance, preserve, and protect the public and private beaches of the State and [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c070/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 70] empowers DNREC to permit industrial development within the State’s coastal zone. [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/5000/5102.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 5102] is the regulations implementing DNREC’s authority under [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c068/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 68] while [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/100/101.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code 101] is the regulations implementing DNREC’s authority under [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title7/c070/index.html 7 Del. C Chap 70]. Additionally, Delaware Executive Order No. 42 requires that state agencies provide an opportunity for one another, federal agencies, and other interested parties to review and comment on proposed actions which may be of more than local interest.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.5 Floodplains
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Floodplains are areas of land adjacent to a waterbody that help mitigate the effects of flooding during an event by capturing and holding excess water. Executive Order 11988 directs federal agencies to avoid encroachments into floodplains unless there is no practicable alternative. FHWA’s procedures implementing Executive Order 11988 are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-650 23 CFR 650 subpart A]. Encroachment, as defined by [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-650 23 CFR 650], is an action occurring within the 100-year floodplain limits as delineated in the National Flood Insurance Programs (NFIP) maps or by information developed by DelDOT if NFIP maps are not available.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.6 Farmland
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The Farmland Protection Policy Act of 1981 was created to minimize the extent to which federal programs contribute to the unnecessary and irreversible conversion of farmland to nonagricultural uses. Under the act, protected farmland includes:
                                        </p>
                                        <ol>
                                            <li>
                                                Prime farmland that has the best combination of physical and chemical characteristics for producing food, feed, fiber, forage, oilseed, and other agricultural crops with minimum inputs of fuel, fertilizer, pesticides, and labor, and without intolerable soil erosion.
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                Unique farmland, other than prime farmland that is used for production of specific high-value food and fiber crops.
                                            </li>
                                            <li>
                                                Farmland other than prime or unique farmland that has been determined by the appropriate state or local government with concurrence from the Secretary of Agriculture to be farmland of statewide or local importance.
                                            </li>
                                        </ol>
                                        <p>
                                            Under the act, land subject to the requirements of the act does not need to be currently used for cropland. Instead, it can include forestland, pastureland, cropland, or other land, but not water or land already in or committed to urban development. The regulations implementing the statute are contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-7/subtitle-B/chapter-VI/subchapter-F/part-658 7 CFR 658].
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title3/c009/index.html 3 Del. C Chap 9] permits the State of Delaware to acquire, maintain, and enforce agricultural land preservation easements. The administrative code implementing these regulations is contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/7000/7500/7502.shtml 3 DE Admin. Code § 701].
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.3.2.2.2.7 Forestland
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            There are no nationally protected forestlands in the State of Delaware; however, [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title3/c009/sc05/index.html 3 Del. C Chap 9] authorizes the State to create protections for forestlands. The administrative code implementing these regulations is contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title3/700/702.shtml 3 DE Admin. Code § 702].
                                        </p>
                                    </div>
                            </div>
                        <h4>
                            5.3.2.3 Re-Evaluation
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The FHWA may review DelDOT’s environmental document prior to granting any new approval related to an action in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.129]. A re-evaluation may be required if there are changes to the proposed action that could potentially result in significant new effects to the environment, unanticipated impacts become known, applicable regulations have changed, or there is a lapse in time from the approval of the decision document. When necessary, supplemental EISs are to be completed in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.130].
                             Another important item to establish is whether the project will receive federal funding during any project funding phase. This will typically be a joint decision between the design team and the Division of Finance. It is important to note that once federal funds are used in any funding phase that all previous work performed must meet the pertinent federal requirements.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            Projects assigned with a pre-estimated budget listed in the Capital Transportation Plan (CTP) may require a funding increase when it is determined the dedicated funding is insufficient. Additional information on funding increases is provided in Section 5.8.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                    </div>
 
                <h3>
                    5.3.3 Project Permitting
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Project permits or other similar agreements are required from regulatory agencies when a project’s scope will impact certain protected environmental resources. DelDOT obtains project permits by submitting permit applications and other necessary information to the governing regulatory agency for review. The regulatory agency will review the submitted material to ensure a project’s compliance with the applicable laws and regulations and will also provide required contract stipulations. The permits required for a project are determined by project location, affected resources, funding sources used, and the specific work activities associated with the impact. The design team should coordinate with DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section throughout the project development process to identify the permits and approvals required for each individual project. All changes in project scope should be communicated to the Environmental Stewardship section as these changes may affect the permitting process. Communication between the design team and the Environmental Stewardship section is especially critical on DelDOT contracts which utilize alternative contracting methods like Design Build and Contract Manager/ General Contractor (CMGC) contracts where project impacts can change quickly.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Project permits are applied for during the design phase only after the NEPA document described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Process|Section 5.3.2]] is approved. It is typical to apply for the project’s required permits only after all comments made at the Final Plan Submission have been adequately addressed and construction methods understood. Applying at this point in the project development process reduces the likelihood of time-consuming permit modifications which also have the effect of reducing the regulatory agency’s trust in DelDOT’s submittals. This section provides a discussion on the common environmental permits that DelDOT will obtain for their projects.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.3.3.1 United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
                             3.2.1.3 Initial Environmental Evaluation
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/DelDOT%20IEED.pdf Initial Environmental Evaluation Form]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Permits from the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) are needed when their jurisdictional waters or wetlands are impacted either permanently or temporarily by a project. The Environmental Stewardship section can assist in determining which wetlands and waterways are considered under the jurisdiction of the USACE. The permit required from the USACE is dependent on the project’s scope as well as the project’s level of impact. The Environmental Stewardship section will collaborate with the design team to determine the permit required for a project.
                             The Project Manager should request an initial environmental evaluation from the DelDOT Environmental Stewardship section as part of a project’s initial baselining. The initial environmental evaluation serves to inform the Project Manager and the design team of the environmental coordination related processes and deliverables which will need to be accounted for during their initial baselining effort. To obtain an initial environmental evaluation, the design team will need to complete the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/environmental/DelDOT%20IEED.pdf Initial Environmental Evaluation Form] and submit it to the Environmental Stewardship section. The Environmental Stewardship section will review the information provided by the design team and complete the remainder of the form. The Environmental Stewardship section will submit the completed form back to the design team and will request that the design team attend the next Environmental Stewardship section group meeting, commonly referred to as the ESO meeting, to discuss the content of the initial environmental evaluation as well as the division of work between the design team and the Environmental Stewardship section. The Environmental Stewardship section may contact the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), or other federal administering agency, in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/part-771 23 CFR 771.111(a)(3)] to obtain advice, insofar as possible, on the probable class of action and related environmental laws and requirements and of the need for specific studies and findings that would normally be developed during the environmental review process. At a minimum, the initial environmental evaluation will provide the following:
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            Information required to process USACE permits include complete project plans and mitigation plans when required. The need for mitigation as well as associated mitigation considerations are contained in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.3.1.1 Mitigation Requirements|Section 5.3.3.1.1]]. It is important to note that the mitigation plan must be complete at time of application and that construction of the mitigation site and the project causing the impact must be planned to occur concurrently.  
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            In general, the USACE maintains two types of permits:  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <ul>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Reporting permits</b> – Reporting permits are required to formally notify the USACE through a Pre-Construction Notification (PCN) prior to a project’s construction occurring. These permit types typically require processing times exceeding six months.
                                 The initial level of environmental documentation and class determination,
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Identification of design/project development considerations, including but not limited to, historic properties and structures, archaeological sites, tribal coordination requirements, Section 4(f) and 6(f) properties, wetlands and waterbodies, endangered species, and environmental justice (EJ),
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                An initial public involvement strategy requirement, and
                             </li>
                             </li>
                             <li>
                             <li>
                                 <b>Non-reporting permits</b> – Non-reporting permits are usually appliable for small-scale maintenance projects. These permits do not require a PCN. These permits have a shorter processing time of approximately one to two months.
                                 Funding needs and task assignments.
                             </li>
                             </li>
                         </ul>
                         </ul>
                        <h4>
                            3.2.1.4 Public Involvement Plan
                        </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/00_pd_process_project_public_involvement_plan.pdf?cache=1718668621235 Project Public Involvement Plan Worksheet]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach Letter]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/projects/ Project Webpage]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/project_website_information.pdf Standardized Webpage Information]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <p>
                            DelDOT recognizes the many benefits of performing public involvement throughout the project development process and therefore, strives to proactively engage with the public. Effective public engagement practices will vary considerably based on many project-specific factors including a project’s scope, number of stakeholders, complexity, issues of public concern, and impact size and severity. Shortly after project initiation, the project team should coordinate to develop a project-specific public involvement plan that is tailored to the individual project. DelDOT provides a standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/00_pd_process_project_public_involvement_plan.pdf?cache=1718668621235 Project Public Involvement Plan] Worksheet to assist the design team in identifying and then developing the key components of their public involvement plan. DelDOT’s public engagement practices are more fully described in Section 5.1.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            Shortly after project initiation and before the start of any field survey activities, the design team should customize and then send DelDOT’s standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach] memorandum to all property owners and Homeowner Associations within or surrounding the logical project limits as well as to local municipalities and area legislators. The letter provides a brief description of the project’s purpose and scope, a link to the project’s website, notification of the upcoming site investigation activities that may be occurring in the near future, and an explanation of DelDOT’s right to enter private property to perform the necessary site investigations. In addition to this standard information, the letter can also be used to solicit public input on perceived transportation issues in the project area through use of either hard copy or online survey formats. The project team is encouraged to file the Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter distribution list so that it can be referenced and used as a starting point for future information distributions to the public.
                        </p>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Additional information about applicable water quality protections and wetland protections is included in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.1 Water Quality|Section 5.3.2.2.2.1]] and [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.3 Wetlands|Section 5.3.2.2.2.3]], respectively.  
                             Providing a project website is a relatively simple way of providing valuable information to the public as a project progresses. The project team is to consider creating a project website that will be located on DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/projects/ Projects’ webpage] during the project initiation phase. When a website is desired to be created, it is typically generated automatically through the project number request process described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.3 Project Number Request|Section 3.3]]. Ideally, project websites should be created ahead of the performance of any field survey work.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                                <h5>
                                    5.3.3.1.1 Mitigation Requirements
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    In order to avoid project delays, the design team should determine if a mitigation site will be required as early in the project development process as possible. Mitigation site development requires performing a site search, finding a willing seller, collection of data to determine viability of mitigation at a location, and then the mitigation site design.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    Mitigation is required to obtain the necessary USACE permit under the following circumstances:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>
                                        A project creates a permanent loss of over 0.100 acres of combined wetlands or water,
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        A project creates 0.100 acres of wetland loss, or
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        A project creates 0.030 acres of water loss.
                                    </li>
                                </ul>
                                <p>
                                    The Environmental Stewardship section will coordinate potential mitigation sites directly with the USACE. The locating of and then the design of the mitigation site must consider the following elements:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>
                                        Mitigation must be “in-kind”. For example, tidal wetland impacts must be mitigated by creation of tidal wetlands.
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        The mitigation site must be located within the same watershed.
                                    </li>
                                    <li>
                                        Mitigation ratios vary depending upon the quality of the resource impacted as well as the severity of the impact. Typically, DelDOT projects will replace at a ratio of 1:3 meaning DelDOT will create three acres for every one acre impacted.
                                    </li>
                                </ul>
                            </div>
                        <h4>
                            5.3.3.2 United States Coast Guard (USCG)
                        </h4>
                            <p>
                                Coordination with the United States Coast Guard (USCG) is required when a navigable waterway is impacted. Typically, navigable waterways are tidal waterways since they have connection to a larger body of water that can be used for the transportation of commerce. The coordination process begins by the Environmental Stewardship section completing and submitting a <i><u>Coast Guard Bridge Questionnaire</u></i>. The USCG will review the submitted questionnaire and determine the subsequent coordination and permits required. Coordination possibilities include the following:
                            </p>
                            <ul>
                                <li>
                                    No permit required, however, DelDOT must submit the USCG a Bridge Maintenance Plan when 60 days out from project construction.
                                </li>
                                <li>
                                    Advanced USCG approval and DelDOT must submit the USCG a Bridge Maintenance Plan when 60 days out from project construction.
                                </li>
                                <li>
                                    A USCG Bridge permit is required. Unlike other permits, the USCG will not review the permit application until all other necessary permits have been processed. Also, unlike other permits, the USCG permit application will be completed by the design team instead of the Environmental Stewardship section as the permit application consists of mostly engineering, hydraulic, and proposed horizontal and vertical clearances associated with the location. The USCG can take up to 180-days to review a complete permit application. Incomplete permit applications which require subsequent submittals from DelDOT will reset the 180-day review period. Therefore, it is critical to coordinate with the USCG throughout the project development process to ensure an efficient review and approval process.
                                </li>
                            </ul>
                        <h4>
                            5.3.3.3 DNREC Wetlands and Subaqueous Lands (WLSL)
                        </h4>
                            <p>
                                All projects that impact a State Mapped wetland will require a permit from DNREC. DNREC’s original mapping to create the State Mapped wetland boundaries was performed in the 1980s based on aerial footage. Due to the limitations of the existing State Mapped wetland database, boundaries within the project limits will need to be confirmed through coordination with the DelDOT Environmental Stewardship section.                           
                            </p>
                            <p>
                                Permits for impacts to State Mapped wetlands will be processed through DNREC’s Wetlands and Subaqueous Lands (WLSL) section. DNREC’s WLSL section maintains many different permit types. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section will coordinate with DNREC to determine the appropriate permit for a project. The design team must provide DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section an updated and accurate set of plans so that the section can process the DNREC WLSL permit. The most common DNREC WLSL permits that DelDOT utilizes includes the following:
                            </p>
                            <ul>
                                <li><b>Special Exemptions</b> – These permits are intended to cover road or bridge maintenance work performed in non-State Mapped wetlands. This includes repair, rehabilitation, and retrofitting work. Special Exemptions do not require the submission of a full permit application and can instead be performed through email by the Environmental Stewardship section.</li>
                                <li><b>Letter of Authorization</b> – This type of permit is required when a project creates only temporary impacts to wetlands or waterways. This permit type does not require public notice. Examples of work which can be permitted via a Letter of Authorization permit include pile jacketing projects and small pipe replacements.</li>
                                <li><b>Subaqueous Lands</b> – This permit type is required when permanently impacting State Mapped wetlands. This permit requires a public notice of 20-days.</li>
                                <li><b>Water Quality</b> – This permit type is typically issued with the Subaqueous Lands Permit.</li>
                              </ul>
                            <p>
                                All permanent impacts to State Mapped wetlands will require mitigation in some form. Typically, the mitigation that is required to obtain the USACE permit described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.3.1 United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)|Section 5.3.3.1]] will satisfy DNREC’s mitigation requirements. If the project is under the USACE mitigation threshold, and only DNREC mitigation is required, then DNREC will typically accept a fee for these impacted wetlands. The fee is determined by DNREC based on the quality of wetlands being impacted and is therefore, a project-by-project consideration.
                            </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.3.3.4 New Castle County
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             A New Castle County floodplain permit is required when a project is located within a designated FEMA floodplain in New Castle County. To obtain a New Castle County Floodplain permit, DelDOT must submit the project plans, a cover sheet, a permit fee, and a completed Hydrologic and Hydraulic analysis report to the County for review. Additional information about floodplains is included in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.5 Floodplains|Section 5.3.2.2.2.5]].  
                             DelDOT’s project websites utilize a common template and provides [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/project_website_information.pdf standardized information]. Graphics and other information can be added at any point when they become available. Graphics placed on the project website typically include a colored depiction of the proposed transportation improvements with an aerial background and appropriately labeled roads and landmarks to convey the project to the public. The graphics and other visual aids on the project website should be updated throughout the project development process when additional visualization aids are created. The design team should review the project website at every project submission milestone or every four months to ensure accuracy.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                    </div>
                <h3>
                    3.2.2 Project Re-Baselining
                </h3>
                <p>
                    A project’s schedule and budget should be re-baselined throughout the project development process to ensure the efficient use of DelDOT resources and to minimize the potential for creating duplicate work products. Projects are typically re-baselined at the milestone submissions described in Section 6.3 and should also be re-baselined when major changes within the project development process occur such as a change in the project team occurs or when previously unanticipated work and coordination efforts become required. Reference should be made to [[Chapter 5 Stakeholder Management#5.8.1 Project Cost Increases|Section 5.8.1]] when re-baselining reveals the project has insufficient funds.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.3.3.5 City of Wilmington                       
                             3.2.2.1 Re-Baselining at Milestone Submissions
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/unifier/unifier_training_doc.pdf?cache=1689883703128 Unifier Training Outline]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F5dDS9ITTdU&list=PLZrnWsoNR9WQJ_UVaeKnmpYseK1OlWMQe&index=3 Youtube Tutorial Video]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Projects that fall within the limits of the City of Wilmington will require a permit from the city. The Environmental Stewardship section will require project plans from the design team in order to process this permit application.                      
                             A project’s schedule and budget are to be updated in Unifier at each milestone submission to communicate a project’s current estimated budget and schedule to the rest of DelDOT. The project’s schedule and budget can be estimated using the same considerations as the initial project baselining effort described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining|Section 3.2.1]]. DelDOT maintains written procedures for updating a project’s information in its [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/unifier/unifier_training_doc.pdf?cache=1689883703128 Unifier Training Outline] and maintains a [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F5dDS9ITTdU&list=PLZrnWsoNR9WQJ_UVaeKnmpYseK1OlWMQe&index=3 tutorial video] on the subject on its Youtube channel.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.3.3.6 DNREC Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA)
                             3.2.2.2 Spend Updates
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Projects may need to obtain a CZMA consistency letter from DNREC depending on the project’s location and potential coverage under a separate USACE permit. DNREC’s CZMA consistency letters are processed by the Wetlands and Subaqueous Lands (WLSL) section like the permits discussed in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.3.3 DNREC Wetlands and Subaqueous Lands (WLSL)|Section 5.3.3.3]]. To obtain a consistency letter, DelDOT must submit the project plans and a project schedule to DNREC’s WLSL section. DNREC’s WLSL section has up to 180 days for review once provided the required information. Additional information about coastal zone protections is included in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.3.2.2.2.4 Coastal Locations|Section 5.3.2.2.2.4]].
                             A spend plan that outlines when the project team estimates money will be spent by state fiscal year throughout the project development process is created as part of the procedure outlined in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining|Section 3.2.1]]. Periodically throughout the course of the project development process, the Project Manager will review the actual rate of project expenditures compared to the expected expenditure rate in order to evaluate the accuracy of the spend plan. After their review, the Project Manager can recommend that money be moved up in the spend plan or moved back. This practice of reviewing and making recommendations on project funding to the DelDOT Finance team is known as making spend updates. DelDOT sections typically use different spend update intervals based on the amount, complexity, typical schedule, and budget of projects being managed by the section. Conducting spend updates also provides a good opportunity for the Project Manager to review the project’s overall budget to determine if the project will require additional funding or if the project has a surplus amount of funds allotted.
                         </p>  
                         </p>
                     </div>
                     </div> <!--End of h4-->
             </div>
   
             </div> <!--End of h3-->
         <h2>
         <h2>
             5.4 Utilities
             3.3 Project Number Request
         </h2>
         </h2>
        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
            <tr>
            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=unifier Unifier Instructions on the DRC]</td>
            </tr>
        </table>
         <p>
         <p>
             In addition to providing for the movement of people, goods, and services, transportation corridors also commonly accommodate public utilities in recognition that their provision is in the public interest. The coexistence of public utilities and transportation facilities within limited space creates the need for coordination when actions are proposed that could potentially affect the other entities within the transportation corridor. The process within this manual describes DelDOT’s project development process where DelDOT coordinates its actions with the potentially affected utilities. Similar to DelDOT’s project development process, utility owners must coordinate their actions with DelDOT through the utility construction permitting process. The utility construction permitting process occurs outside of DelDOT’s project development process and is therefore not detailed within this manual.
             Once the initial project baselining is complete, a New Project Request and subsequent Project Number Request can be performed. DelDOT assigns a state project number and a federal project number, when necessary, to its projects to assist with project identification and tracking. The New Project Request and Project Number Request processes are performed through DelDOT’s Unifier software. DelDOT maintains many Unifier related instructions and tutorials on its [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=unifier Design Resource Center (DRC)] website.
         </p>
         </p>
        <h2>
            3.4 Professional Services
        </h2>
         <p>
         <p>
             The means by which utility infrastructure crosses or otherwise occupies the right-of-way can considerably affect the highway, its safe operation, aesthetic quality, and maintainability. It is essential that the services provided by the transportation network and the utilities be balanced and compatibly designed and operated to ensure maximum public benefit. This balance can become particularly challenging along corridors within or approaching metropolitan areas where space becomes increasingly limited. Joint highway and utility planning and development efforts are encouraged to effectively manage these challenges. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/section-645.211 23 CFR 645.211] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/section-645.215 23 CFR 645.215] require that each state Department of Transportation submit a utility accommodation plan in recognition of the important role that state Departments of Transportation play in providing for and regulating utilities within the public right-of-way.  
             The need for professional services should be considered by the Project Manager as early as feasible during the project initiation phase as their use will need to be factored into the project baselining activities described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining|Section 3.2.1]]. Professional services can be used to perform specific portions or all the project design; additionally, professional services can be used to perform design support activities like site investigations. This section summarizes considerations for procuring and managing professional services. The need for professional services must be evaluated on a project-by-project basis and approval of their use should be obtained at the Assistant Director level prior to project procurement.
         </p>
         </p>
        <p>
            While the Delaware Code allows public utilities and privately or individually owned facilities within the public right-of-way, it also delegates DelDOT the sole legal authority and responsibility to regulate the use of all utilities within the rights-of-way of highways and streets maintained by DelDOT. In accordance with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401 (5.2)], the public utility owner must obtain a master franchise agreement for each county in which it wishes to place utility facilities. The master franchise agreement serves as the legal instrument which establishes the rights of the utility owner and its associated requirements for maintaining facilities within the State’s right-of-way. Master franchise agreements require that all necessary future relocations or adjustments caused by a DelDOT project be performed by the affected utility owner unless one of the conditions for reimbursement described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.4 Utility Company Reimbursement|Section 5.4.4]] are met. In accordance with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401 (5.3)], privately or individually owned facilities that wish to occupy or cross the State’s right-of-way must obtain a Use and Occupancy Agreement.
        </p>
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.4.1 Utility Coordination Process
                     3.4.1 Professional Services Procurement
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,032: Line 286:
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/utilities/Designer_Utility_Submission_Checklists.pdf?cache=1707050754627 Utility Coordination Submission Checklist]</td>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/misc_files/utility_process_flow_chart.pdf Utility Process Flow Chart]</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                 </table>
                 </table>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     DelDOT and utility owners must exchange information regarding location, construction timing, and method of installation throughout the coordination process. Early, on-going, and consistent communication with utility owners throughout the project development process is critical to ensuring on-time project delivery. DelDOT’s Utilities section is staffed with subject matter experts who serve to oversee the utility coordination process. DelDOT’s Utilities section regularly meets with and directly coordinates with the utility owners within DelDOT’s right-of-way. Each DelDOT project will be assigned a specific Utility Coordinator from the Utilities section to oversee the utility coordination process. The project’s Utility Coordinator is typically assigned based on county but will also be influenced by the section’s workload. DelDOT’s Utilities Engineer will notify the Project Manager once the project’s Utility Coordinator is assigned. The Utility Coordinator’s role will vary in accordance with the specific parameters of the project; accordingly, the Project Manager and Utility Coordinator should discuss project roles and responsibilities as early as feasible to ensure efficient performance.  
                     DelDOT is required to maintain written procedures related to professional service procurement in accordance with both the Delaware Code and the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). DelDOT’s written procedures for obtaining professional services are recorded in its [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual]. The manual establishes DelDOT’s procurement procedures and ensures compliance with the applicable federal and state regulations regarding professional service procurement which includes but is not limited to: [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-2/subtitle-A/chapter-II/part-200 2 CFR 200], [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-2/subtitle-B/chapter-XII/part-1201 2 CFR 1201], [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I 23 CFR 1-999], [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-49/subtitle-B/chapter-VI 49 CFR 600-699], and [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title29/c069/index.html 29 Chapter 69] of the Delaware Code. Accordingly, all professional service procurements must follow the requirements contained within DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual].  
                 </p>
                 </p>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The specifics of the utility coordination process will be unique to each project and will depend on the circumstances associated with the project. The commonality of the utility coordination process is proactive engagement and the performance of coordination activities as early as possible in the project development process to avoid project delays caused by utility coordination. The utility coordination process can generally be broken down into the following components:
                     Professional services can generally be divided into two categories with unique project level procurement considerations which are further discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4.1.1 Design Related Professional Services|Section 3.4.1.1]] and [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4.1.2 Design Support Related Professional Services|Section 3.4.1.2]]. Advanced FHWA approval is required in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-172 23 CFR 172.7(b)(5)] when Federal-aid funds participate in a contract to provide consultant services in a management role (such as managing a project or overseeing other consultants) relating to highway construction. All questions regarding professional procurement should be directed to DelDOT’s Consultant Control Coordinator.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <ul>
                    <li><b>Locating utilities</b> – The first step in utility coordination is determining which utilities may be affected by a project. Once the utilities in the project area are identified, additional investigation may be performed, at the discretion of the project team, in order to more accurately locate the existing utilities. Locating existing utilities is further discussed in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.2 Locating Existing Utilities|Section 5.4.2]].</li>
                    <li><b>Conflict assessment</b> – Once the existing utilities have been located, the proposed work can be evaluated to determine potential conflicts which will need to be mitigated as part of the project development process. Sufficient time must be allotted to allow both the design team and the affected utility owners to assess and plan any required mitigation. The need for additional real estate acquisition should be given special attention during this assessment in order to provide adequate time for the acquisition process. Additional discussion on assessing conflicts is provided in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.3 Conflict Assessment|Section 5.4.3]].</li>
                    <li><b>Determining reimbursement and work responsibilities</b> – In general, the owners of the utility within the State’s right-of-way are responsible for making all necessary relocations and adjustments caused by a DelDOT project and their associated work is not reimbursable; however, there are exceptions which are described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.4 Utility Company Reimbursement|Section 5.4.4]]. Reimbursable work costs are to be accounted for within a project’s budget as early as possible in the project development process. More information about estimating this cost is included in [[Chapter 6 - Contract Compilation#6.5 Quantity Calculations and Cost Estimating|Section 6.5]].</li>
                    <li><b>Creation of utility deliverables</b> – The utility coordination process is to result in the creation of the deliverables described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.5 Utility Coordination Deliverables and Approvals|Section 5.4.5]]. The deliverables are intended to establish the mitigation work that will be performed as well as describe the responsibilities of all entities involved with the required work.</li>
                    </ul>
                    <p>
                    In most cases, the components of the utility coordination process will overlap in time and occur simultaneously within the overall utility coordination process. The design team must allot sufficient time for the performance of each component of the utility coordination process. Additionally, the design team must also allot an appropriate amount of time for the following:
                    </p>
                    <ul>
                    <li><b>Material procurement</b> – Time may be required for material procurement especially when required materials are subject to Buy America provisions.</li>
                    <li><b>Scheduling</b> – Utility owners have finite resources and their own priorities and budgets. The utility owners will require time to fund and schedule the work required from impacts of the proposed construction.</li>
                    </ul>
                    <p>
                    A recommended utility coordination process based on submittal milestones is provided in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/utilities/Designer_Utility_Submission_Checklists.pdf?cache=1707050754627 Utility Coordination Submission Checklist], however, the utility coordination process should be viewed as a dynamic process that will vary depending on numerous project-specific factors. Accordingly, not all submissions listed in the checklist will be necessary for each project, while in other cases, additional submittals or re-submittals may be required based on the project’s individual need. In addition to this checklist, the DelDOT Utilities section also maintains a [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/misc_files/utility_process_flow_chart.pdf Utility Process Flow Chart] which generally describes DelDOT’s coordination process.
                    </p>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.1.1 The Utility Permit Application (UPA)
                             3.4.1.1 Design Related Professional Services
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,070: Line 305:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://services.deldot.gov/UPAInternal/Default.aspx Utility Permit Application]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/funding_increase_form.xlsx Funding Increase Request Form]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/utilities/Designer_Utility_Submission_Checklists.pdf?cache=1707050754627 Utility Coordination Checklist]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/transportation_solutions_funding_request.pdf?cache=1692186180259 Funding Request Form]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             DelDOT and the utility owners routinely exchange information through the [https://services.deldot.gov/UPAInternal/Default.aspx Utility Permit Application] (UPA) website. The design team should work with the DelDOT Utilities section’s assigned Utility Coordinator to determine responsibility for placing deliverables onto the UPA. Utility owners will respond to DelDOT deliverables placed on the UPA by providing the information outlined in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.1.5 Composite Utility Map|Section 5.4.1.5]] to the design team. The design team should review the information provided and incorporate it into their subsequent deliverables. The design team should alert DelDOT’s Utility Coordinator when discrepancies are found in the information provided so remedial action can be taken. DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/utilities/Designer_Utility_Submission_Checklists.pdf?cache=1707050754627 Utility Coordination Checklist] provides a base framework of the deliverables that should be provided through the UPA to the utility owners.
                             Various sections throughout DelDOT advertise and award indefinite delivery/ indefinite quantity (IDIQ) project development contracts specifically for the performance of design work. IDIQ contracts are intended for performance of a number of routine or specialized tasks under a single professional service agreement. IDIQ contracts utilizing federal funds have a maximum contract period and a pre-set maximum dollar amount. As such, only services which fall within the advertised scope, funding, and schedule limitations of the established IDIQ contract may be awarded to one of the IDIQ selected consultants. IDIQ contracts are commonly referred to as open-end agreements. The federal requirements for IDIQ contracts are established in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-172 23 CFR 172.9(a)(3)].
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            Open-end agreements save time in the project development process by selecting several qualified firms that can provide the typical services required under an agreement thus eliminating the need to create, advertise, and award specific professional service agreements. Priority should be given to utilizing a firm on an established project development related professional services agreement for design work. If the appropriate expertise cannot be found under an established project development related professional services agreement or if the required work is determined too large for the professional service agreement, the Project Manager may elect to pursue the procurement of the desired professional service through a new and unique agreement in accordance with the DelDOT [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual]. It should be noted that it may take months to procure professional services when advertising a new and unique agreement.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            When using open-end agreements for the design work, the Project Manager must consider the contracted firms’ strengths, availability, qualifications, and overall ability to complete the project when determining the entity to ultimately assign the work to. The Project Manager should also evaluate the magnitude of the professional services that will be required over the life of the project and then consider whether the total required professional services should be divided into several smaller tasks that will allow for more accurate work projections which limit risk. Once the Project Manager determines the optimum firm to perform the work and the initial professional services required, they can request a draft scope of work and blank person-hour estimate from the selected contracted firm. The Project Manager should provide the selected firm with all the requisite information necessary for the firm to prepare an informed task proposal. The Project Manager should review the proposal upon receipt to ensure the scope of the work and tasks within the blank person-hour estimate are accurate and in-line with the Project Manager’s expectations. The Project Manager will communicate all comments on the draft scope of work and blank person-hour estimate to the consultant until all comments are sufficiently addressed. At this point, the Project Manager will prepare an independent person-hour estimate for the project that must be signed and dated. The consultant can then submit their person-hour estimate to the Project Manager who will then compare the estimates. The acceptability of the consultant’s proposal will be based on the following two guidelines:
                        </p>
                        <ol>
                            <li>
                                For projects with a DelDOT estimate of less than 500 person-hours, if the consultant is within 15% of the DelDOT estimate (either above or below), the proposal will be acceptable.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                For projects with a DelDOT estimate of 500 person-hours or more, if the consultant is within 10% of the DelDOT estimate (either above or below), the proposal will be acceptable.
                            </li>
                        </ol>
                        <p>
                            If the differences between the consultant’s proposal and DelDOT’s independent person-hour estimate exceed these percentages (either above or below), a negotiation meeting should be held to resolve the differences. The negotiation meeting should result in a fair number of person-hours and the consultant should resubmit the proposal based on the negotiated hours. The documentation of the negotiation meeting should be saved within the project files.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.4.1.2 Supplying Electronic Files
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Utility coordination may require that electronic design files be exchanged with both public or private utility owners that have above or belowground infrastructure located within the limits of the project. In these occurrences, DelDOT’s policy is to only share the files included in Table 5.4.1.2 unless specifically requested otherwise. Additionally, an electronic file-sharing release waiver as described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.10 Electronic File Release|Section 5.10]] must also be completed by all parties.  
                             Once the task proposal is considered acceptable, the Project Manager will need to assess the project’s authorized funding to determine whether processing the consultant proposal will require additional authorized funding. When additional funds are required, the Project Manager will need to complete and submit the [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/funding_increase_form.xlsx Funding Increase Request Form] as further described [[Chapter 5 -Stakeholder Coordination|Section 5.8.1 (To be added)]]. Once the project’s authorized funding has been assessed and the necessary steps performed, the Project Manager can submit the proposal and a completed [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/transportation_solutions_funding_request.pdf?cache=1692186180259 Funding Request Form] to the appropriate Department mailboxes as shown in Table 3.4.1.1 for processing. The Project Manager should also attach the funding increase request email to the funding request email in cases where additional authorized funds were required to expedite the process. The subject line of the email sent to Department mailboxes shown in Table 3.4.1.1 should be the Agreement number, task number, and then supplemental number if applicable. The body of the email submitted should include the following text: “The attached proposal has been reviewed and found acceptable. Please proceed with the NTP process”. For DelDOT’s Traffic section, these funding assessment and processing activities are delegated by the Project Manager to Traffic’s Support Services section.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                             <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 14px;text-align: middle;">Table 5.4.1.2 Electronic File Availability for DelDOT Design Data</caption>
                             <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.4.1.1 Department Mailboxes for Proposal Processing</caption>
                            <tr>
                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Data Type & Format</b></th>
                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>File Description</b></th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>FS.DGN</td>
                                <td>This file contains the existing topographic information within the project limits that has been exported to a two‐dimensional (2D) design file in the MicroStation design file format (DGN).</td>
                            </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>AL.DGN</td>
                                 <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Department Mailbox</b></th>
                                 <td>This file contains the horizontal and vertical alignment information within the project limits that has been exported to a two‐dimensional (2D) design file in the MicroStation design file format (DGN).</td>
                                 <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>When to Include on Funding Request Email</b></th>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>RW.DGN</td>
                                 <td>[mailto:Dot.AuditManagement@delaware.gov DOT.AuditManagement@Delaware.gov] </td>
                                 <td>This file contains the existing right‐of‐way, and proposed right‐of‐way (if available) information within the project limits in the MicroStation design file format (DGN).</td>
                                 <td>Include on all Funding Requests
                                </td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>PC.DGN</td>
                                 <td>[mailto:DOT.ProfServices@Delaware.gov DOT.ProfServices@Delaware.gov]</td>
                                 <td>This file contains the proposed construction line work within the project limits in the MicroStation design file format (DGN).</td>
                                 <td>Include on all Funding Requests</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>Contract Plans (PDF)</td>
                                 <td>[mailto:DOT_TransSolutions_Funding_requests@Delaware.gov DOT_TransSolutions_Funding_requests@Delaware.gov]</td>
                                 <td>These files consist of the contract plan sheets at the most current plan milestone in the Adobe Portable Document File format (PDF). Plans that are still in the design phase should clearly be identified with a “Draft” watermark.</td>
                                 <td>Include on all Transportation Solutions Funding Requests</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.1.3 Coordination Meetings
                             3.4.1.2 Design Support Related Professional Services
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Coordination meetings with the utility owners can be an extremely beneficial tool for exchanging information. Coordination meetings can either include all the affected utility owners or just select utility owners at the discretion of the assigned DelDOT Utility Coordinator and the Project Manager. Other stakeholders should be invited as determined necessary by the Utilities section and the Project Manager. These meetings can occur at various times within the project development process with topics varying accordingly. The coordination meeting can either be held at the project location, as a virtual meeting, in-person in a group setting, or any combination thereof dependent on the topics that will be discussed at the meeting. Meeting topics could include the following:
                             Various sections within DelDOT maintain design support related professional service agreements (i.e., soil borings, utility designation, test holes etc.) that can be considered for use on a project regardless of whether the project is designed primarily by in-house DelDOT staff or by contracted consultant staff. These design support related professional services and their associated request processes are documented in various locations throughout this manual. Another contractual alternative for performing this design support related work is to use the design related professional service agreement when the design work is to be conducted by a contracted consultant and provided that the proposed work is within the scope of the original agreement. The prime advantage to using the design related professional services agreement for this purpose is that all work can be managed by one entity. The Project Manager and the contracted design firm should discuss the desired division of work to determine the distribution most appropriate for the individual project.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li><b>General project information</b> – Project goals, objectives, and general project timing can be discussed to establish general context for additional coordination meeting discussion topics.</li>
                            <li><b>Utility corridor identification</b> – Establishing general locations for relocated utility facilities is a key consideration in the utility coordination process. [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401] establishes pertinent lateral and vertical offset requirements for utility facilities. The design team and the utility owners will need to coordinate corridor layouts to ensure efficient future operation and maintenance.</li>
                            <li><b>Conflict points</b> – Identified conflicts between proposed construction features and existing utilities can be discussed and resolutions agreed upon.</li>
                            <li><b>Constructability</b> – Utility relocation timing, construction sequencing, the feasibility of utility outages, work responsibilities, maintenance of traffic (MOT) requirements, work hour restrictions, clearing needs, and any required advanced work (such as clearing and grubbing) can be discussed.</li>
                            <li><b>Review of deliverables</b> – Recent or upcoming deliverables can be reviewed and discussed to further the coordination process.</li>
                            <li><b>Power service locations</b> – Identification of existing and proposed services for all DelDOT signals, lighting, and ITMS. Power service requests are discussed in more detail in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.4.1.4 Power Service Request|Section 5.4.1.4]].</li>
                          </ul>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Updated deliverables and meeting minutes should be distributed after coordination meetings to document the discussion and the decisions made. When materials are distributed after the meeting, the project team should provide a date on which comments are expected back. The date chosen should allow enough time so that the affected stakeholders have adequate time to review and perform the necessary follow-up items but not so much time that it causes delays in the rest of the project development process.
                             Regardless of the agreement that the work is conducted under, coordination should be performed with the DelDOT support section managing the design support related professional services to assist in determining the scope and limits of work. Additionally, the DelDOT group managing the design support related professional service agreement can be used as a resource to review a design firm’s task proposal if the work is elected to be performed under a design related professional service agreement.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                    </div> <!--end of h4-->
                <h3>
                    3.4.2 Professional Services Management
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Once professional services are procured, the Project Manager must work to navigate the project through DelDOT’s project development process. This section summarizes the Project Manager’s responsibilities for managing professional service tasks and provides proven practices to ensure quality performance and compliance with the pertinent federal requirements.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.1.4 Power Service Request
                             3.4.2.1 Project Tracking
                        </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>DGM 1-27: [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/dgm/pdfs/1-27_Power-Service-Request.pdf Electric Power Service Request for Roadway Lighting, Traffic Signals and ITS Equipment]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <p>
                            A power source is required for the operation of certain DelDOT infrastructure including roadway lighting, traffic signals, and ITS equipment. When required, the design team must identify power sources during the project development process to minimize later delays during construction. DelDOT maintains specific guidance for performing this coordination on capital projects in DGM 1-27 entitled [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/dgm/pdfs/1-27_Power-Service-Request.pdf Electric Power Service Request for Roadway Lighting, Traffic Signals and ITS Equipment].
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.4.1.5 Composite Utility Map
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             A composite utility map displaying the entire project limits with existing and proposed utility and roadway features can be created to aid in the coordination process. The amount of detail shown in the composite utility map should be commensurate with the project’s scope and milestone submission. The map can be provided in either DGN format or KMZ format and include the utilities color-coded in accordance with APWA color-coding standards. The composite utility map is most beneficial when created and provided before other submittals are required in the project development process which will show the location of the existing and proposed utilities within the project’s limits.
                             The Project Manager is responsible for tracking task progress to ensure on-time and on-budget deliverables that are complete, accurate, and consistent with the terms, conditions, and specifications of the contract under which they were developed. Performing accurate project tracking requires that the Project Manager monitor a project’s completed work in comparison to the scoped work to forecast future project milestone submittal dates and associated costs. The Project Manager must be intimately familiar with a task’s scope of services as well as the products that are to be produced to be able to perform accurate forecasts. The Project Manager should periodically examine the task progress against the amount expended to determine if additional funds will be required to prevent delays in the design phase caused by insufficient funds.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.4.1.6 Utility Company Design and Markup Responsibility
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The affected utility owner is responsible for all design associated with their required adjustments and relocations while the DelDOT design team is responsible for incorporating the information provided by the utility owners into the project. The utility owner will review project milestone submissions and provide markups, comments, or additional information on the following elements:
                             Project Managers use many tools to track a project’s progress toward its ultimate task deliverable. Two of the more common tracking tools utilized by the Project Manager are progress meetings and invoice tracking.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <ul>
                             <li>Verification of the presence and location of existing facilities regardless of whether or not designation was performed.</li>
                             <li><b>Progress meetings</b> - The Project Manager can setup regularly scheduled task progress meetings at a frequency commensurate with the magnitude, complexity, and type of work, to ensure the work is progressing in accordance with the established scope of work and schedule milestones. The Project Manager should use these meetings as an opportunity to discuss task progress as well as any on-going or anticipated challenges to an on-time and on-budget project delivery.</li>
                            <li>Information on any other utility owners attached to its poles in the area.</li>
                             <li><b>Invoice tracking</b> - The Project Manager will receive invoices from the consultant that can be used to track the task’s progress. The invoice submitted will summarize the work performed over the invoicing period as well as state the percent complete and percent expended. The Project Manager can further use this information to obtain an expenditure rate and progress rate when tracked over time. Additional information on invoicing is included in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4.2.2 Invoicing|Section 3.4.2.2]].</li>
                            <li>Proof of compensatory interests when the proposed work could be considered as reimbursable. See [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management5.4.4 Utility Company Reimbursement|Section 5.4.4]] for more information.</li>
                         </ul>
                            <li>Suggested design modifications that would eliminate relocations.</li>
                            <li>List of stations and offsets where test holes are requested.</li>
                            <li>Description of utility relocations along with estimated timeframe for construction.</li>
                            <li>Locations of additional right-of-way or easements necessary for facility relocation.</li>
                            <li>Identification of any third-party permits that may be required.</li>
                            <li>Known or anticipated upcoming utility facility work in the project area.</li>
                            <li>Conditions or situations in which the utility owner’s work is dependent upon. This could include sequencing of utility relocation or work that will need to be performed by DelDOT’s contractor including clearing and grubbing or furnishing of borrow.</li>
                            <li>Any work or outage restrictions.</li>
                            <li>Joint use or third-party installation requirements.</li>
                             <li>General comments on any potential problems that could affect the project schedule or plan development.</li>
                          </ul>
                    </div>
                <h3>
                    5.4.2 Locating Existing Utilities
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Determining the presence and proximity of the existing utilities within the project area is the first step to understanding the potential effects that a project will have on them. The discipline of engineering that manages risks associated with utility mapping at appropriate Quality Levels is called subsurface utility engineering (SUE). Performance of SUE provides valuable subsurface infrastructure information that enables the design team to make informed decisions, coordinate utility adjustments or relocations, and minimize project risks associated with utilities.
                </p>
                <p>
                    SUE is a professional engineering service which utilizes different means and methods to locate and map underground utilities. As a professional service, deliverables provided to DelDOT from a SUE company are required to be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer. The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) has developed National Consensus Standard, ASCE/UESI/CI 38-22, titled <i>Standard Guideline for Investigating and Documenting Existing Utilities</i> which is recognized as the consensus industry standard for defining a professional’s standard of care and level of responsibility for SUE work. It is a combination prescriptive and performance standard. As a prescriptive standard, it sets forth a series of minimum actions necessary to achieve Utility Quality Level documentation. As a performance standard, it describes the significant professional judgement exercised by the SUE professional to determine the appropriate timing, sequencing, location, and scope of utility investigation effort to achieve the goal of reduced utility conflicts during project delivery. SUE assigns Quality Levels that define the level of uncertainty of a utility’s location and existence and reflect the professional opinion on the reliability of utility information provided. The Quality Level assigned is determined by the means and methods used to obtain the information among other things. The SUE levels are cumulative meaning that in order to meet the highest quality standard, all proceeding Quality Level methods must have been exercised.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Studies and DelDOT’s experience have shown that performing the appropriate amount of SUE provides significant return on investment by reducing unneeded utility relocation expenses and construction delays and damages which thereby reduces overall project costs. The appropriate level of SUE required is typically determined by the scope of the project, the existing site constraints present, the number and type of existing utilities within the project area, and the tolerable level of risk associated with not having precise horizontal or vertical locations of existing utility facilities. The Project Manager and the DelDOT Utility Coordinator will need to work collectively to determine the level of SUE required and the appropriate entity to perform the SUE work for each project. The desired SUE work can either be performed under DelDOT’s Indefinite Delivery / Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) project development professional service agreements or can be performed under the DelDOT Utility section’s professional service agreements. Only one entity should be assigned the responsibility for performing the SUE work on a project due to the professional liability associated with providing the deliverables.
                </p>
                <p>
                    All completed SUE deliverables are to be uploaded to the UPA upon completion. The design team is to review the completed SUE work and bring all discrepancies discovered to the attention of the DelDOT Utility Coordinator. The design team and DelDOT Utility Coordinator are to reach resolution on each discrepancy identified. The design team and the DelDOT Utility Coordinator are not to change any SUE deliverable without consulting the entity that performed the SUE work. Once all discrepancies are resolved, the design team is to incorporate the SUE work into their project files. Care should be taken to ensure that the plans only reflect the highest available Quality Level for each utility line. DelDOT’s CADD standards for depicting utility Quality Levels are included in [[Chapter 6 - Contract Compilation#6.4 Plan Development Guidance|Section 6.4]].
                </p>
                <p>
                    ASCE 38-22 defines four Quality Levels for collected utility data and outlines the requirements, relative accuracy, and methods involved in achieving each level. The recognized ASCE Quality Levels for SUE mapping are described in the following subsections.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab">
                        <h4>
                            5.4.2.1 Existing Utility Records (QL-D)
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The lowest ASCE Quality Level is Quality Level D (QL-D). Quality Level D relies exclusively on existing utility records such as GIS data, circuit diagrams, valve guides, record drawings, field notes, and discussions with utility owners to determine utility location. Quality Level D information is limited in terms of comprehensiveness and accuracy and is primarily useful for project planning and route selection activities. DelDOT typically obtains Quality Level D information in on one of these two ways:
                             The Project Manager should monitor the expected task completion date so that a proposal for the next phase of work can be requested and processed prior to when money will need to be expended so as not to delay work on the future task. The consultant proposal review and funding request process outlined in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4.2.2 Invoicing|Section 3.4.2.2]] is to be followed for all next phase task proposals. Depending on DelDOT section preference, the next phase of work can either be done as a supplemental task to the original or as a new task.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <ol>
                            <li><b>Miss Utility design tickets</b> – Miss Utility was developed as a risk-based system to be performed prior to excavation. A Miss Utility design ticket can be filed at any time to obtain a list of utility owners that potentially have facilities within the project area as well as to request as‐builts and/or facility maps be submitted by the utility owners. A Miss Utility design ticket can be submitted at any point in the project development process. DelDOT will also file a Miss Utility design ticket when there has been a two-year or longer lapse of time between existing utility investigative efforts. The design ticket number is to be recorded in the UPA under “Shared Discussion”. Any information submitted by utility owners in response to the design ticket is to be uploaded to the UPA under “Utility Company Documents”.</li>
                            <li><b>Utility owner markups to plan submittals</b> – Utility owners are to provide markups showing their existing facilities as well as their as‐builts and/or facility maps upon receipt of DelDOT plans. The information provided by the utility owner is considered Quality Level D in the event that no field survey was collected and provided to the utility owners ahead of their review.</li>
                        </ol>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             This Quality Level investigation does not require performance by a SUE professional, however, if Quality Level B or Quality Level A information is requested, the SUE consultant selected for the work must perform this level of investigation ahead of their subsequent Quality Level B or Quality Level A investigative work.  
                             On occasion, extra work that was outside of the original scope of services will be identified which will increase the work effort from that initially anticipated. In these cases, the Project Manager should review the circumstances and determine if extra work is in fact, required. When extra work is required, the Project Manager is to instruct the consultant to provide a supplemental task proposal specifically for the extra work. The supplemental proposal should be reviewed and processed as described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.4.1.1 Design Related Professional Services|Section 3.4.1.1]]. No work on the element causing the extra work is to proceed until the supplemental is approved or an advanced start approval is given by the Project Manager.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.2.2 Topographic Field Survey (QL-C)
                             3.4.2.2 Invoicing
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/consultant_invoice_cover_page_checklist_general.pdf?cache=1695124846169 Invoice Circulation Tracking Checklist and Consultant Agreement Payment Approval Check List Form]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Quality Level C information is obtained when Quality Level D information is correlated to topographic aboveground survey collected for visible utility features. Amongst other features present, visible features include manholes, utility poles, valve boxes, meters, fire hydrants, and utility boxes.
                             One of the Project Manager’s prime responsibilities is ensuring prompt payment for the professional services performed. In accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title29/c065/index.html 29 Del. C. § 6516], DelDOT has a 30-day window to get invoices processed and paid to the consultant starting from the date the Project Manager receives a valid invoice. Once the invoice is received, an [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/consultant_invoice_cover_page_checklist_general.pdf?cache=1695124846169 Invoice Circulation Tracking Checklist and Consultant Agreement Payment Approval Check List Form] should be added to the front of the invoice if not included by the consultant. The Project Manager should review the consultant invoice for the following:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <ul>
                             5.4.2.3 Utility Designation (QL-B)
                             <li>
                         </h4>
                                Ensure the invoice format meets DelDOT’s standard invoice format per DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual].
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure hours seem reasonable for the work completed according to the progress report.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure the hours and any direct expenses charged are within the invoice period.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure percent complete is reasonable compared to the work completed in the progress report.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure consultant and subconsultant total billing is below the task upset limit. Invoices submitted without funding in place will require an After the Fact Waiver.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure consultant and subconsultant total fixed fee billed is below the task upset limit and is in-line with the percentage of task complete.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure values in the tables match from page to page and the calculations are accurate, including rounding errors down to $0.01.
                            </li>
                            <li>
                                Ensure direct expenses are acceptable and properly documented in accordance with DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/professional_services/pdfs/ProfessionalServicesProcurementManual2016.pdf Professional Services Procurement Manual].
                            </li>
                         </ul>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Quality Level B information is typically referred to as utility designation. Utility designation is obtained through surface geophysical techniques which rely on either inductive or conductive methods to horizontally locate the utility facilities. Inductive methods induce a current along a utility while conductive methods directly connect to the utility. Utility designation utilizes single or multi-frequency electromagnetic units, ground penetrating radar, sonde or sonic equipment, and other instruments tailored to project materials and site conditions. These tools indirectly survey utilities by transmitting/ receiving signals that indicate subsurface anomalies likely representing utilities. To be considered Quality Level B, the information must be supported by Quality Level D and C information and must be guaranteed by a professional engineer. Performance of designation addresses problems caused by inaccurate utility records, abandoned or unrecorded facilities, and lost references. The designation process includes field marking the utility locations at ground level for subsequent survey to the tolerances described in in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.2.1 Survey Standards|Section 3.7.2.1]]. The utility designation results in a file that can be referenced into a project’s base mapping and which is later reproducible in the field. Designation provides a comprehensive assessment of the existing utilities and can be used to guide subsequent physical exposure activities.
                             If any adjustments to the consultant’s invoice need to be made, the Project Manager is to send the invoice back to the consultant with an explanation of the discrepancies. Any prior discrepancies should be noted in the comments section of the Invoice Circulation Tracking Check List when the approved invoice is submitted for processing. To process the invoice, the Project Manager should follow the circulation process that is shown in the invoice circulation tracking sheet. Once circulation has completed, the invoice is to be sent to the Department’s [mailto:DOT_TranSolutions_Payment@delaware.gov DOT_TranSolutions_Payment@delaware.gov] mailbox. In addition, final invoices should be sent to the [mailto:DOT.auditmanagement@delaware.gov DOT.auditmanagement@delaware.gov] mailbox as well.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Existing site conditions may limit the accuracy or potentially, the availability to perform utility designation. Factors affecting the quality of utility designation include the following:
                             On occasion, the invoice processing task may uncover missing invoices. In these occurrences, the Project Manager, the consultant, and the Finance section will need to work collectively to ensure that the balances between the groups are consistent.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <ul>
                             <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                             <li><b>Non-conductive material</b> – Best designation results are obtained when a utility is conductive and can be connected to directly with electronic detection equipment. Challenges arise when non-conductive lines are placed using directional bore methods without tracer wire. In these cases, Miss Utility will also only be able to mark the line from records instead of electronic detection methods. Different methods can be used to mitigate this challenge, including the following:
                              <ul>
                                <li>If the line is accessible (i.e. communications/electric conduit, gravity sanitary sewer) a conductor will be inserted into the line from the access point. A signal will be introduced at that point and traced out.</li>
                                <li>If the line is a non-metallic water pipe, a pulse can be induced on the fluid within the pipe which can be used to determine the line’s location. This method will not provide as accurate of information as if the facility was directly traceable.</li>
                                <li>Ground penetrating radar can be used to locate existing non-conductive materials. This method does not provide as accurate of results as if the facility was directly traceable and is further limited by increased depth, existing compacted soil, and elevated water tables.</li>
                                <li>Continuously performed test holes along the line can be performed as a final alternative.</li>
                              </ul>
                            </li>
                            <li><b>Site access</b> – The performance of designation may be limited based on the level of access available to the utilities. This would include utilities placed within wetlands or other natural features or where access is prevented through man-made barriers.</li>
                            <li><b>Utility depth</b> – In general, the deeper the utility the less accurate the designation information. Elevated groundwater tables and tightly compacted soils could also decrease designation accuracy.</li>
                            <li><b>Number of utilities in the area</b> – A large number of utilities within a limited area or other roadside features, like guardrail or metal drainage pipe, can also lead to decreased designation accuracy.</li>
                        </ul>
                            <div class="tab">
                                 <h5>
                                 <h5>
                                     5.4.2.3.1 Utility Designation Requests
                                     3.4.2.2.1 Fiscal Year End
                                 </h5>
                                 </h5>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/pmforms/utilitydesignationrequest.oft Utility Designation Request Form]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/CADD_Standards_-_2010_Edition 2010 CADD Standards Manual]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                 <p>
                                 <p>
                                     Utility designation can be requested through DelDOT’s Utility section or can be performed under the design team’s professional service agreement. The design team should discuss the appropriate agreement to perform the utility designation under with the project’s DelDOT  Utility Coordinator when designation is desired. The design team will need to complete DelDOT’s [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/pmforms/utilitydesignationrequest.oft Utility Designation Request Form] and provide the following items to the SUE company to process the request when utilizing the DelDOT Utility section’s professional services agreements:
                                     DelDOT’s finance system will shut down for a period of approximately 3-weeks from roughly mid-June to early-July corresponding to the end and beginning of the State of Delaware’s fiscal year. Project Managers should remind their consultants of this shut down so that their billing cycles can be adjusted as needed.
                                 </p>
                                 </p>
                                <ul>
                            </div> <!--end of h5-->
                                    <li>A PDF of the survey control sheet</li>
                        <h4>
                                    <li>FS file in dgn format</li>
                            3.4.2.3 Quality Assurance
                                    <li>HV file in dgn format</li>
                        </h4>  
                                    <li>UT file in dgn format</li>
                        <p>
                                    <li>AL file in dgn format</li>
                            The Project Manager is tasked with evaluating the compliance, performance, and quality of services provided by the consultant. The Project Manager’s specific responsibilities and DelDOT’s overall quality assurance procedures are described within Section 6.6. The Project Manager will evaluate the services of the consultant annually and at the end of the contract to document the consultant’s performance in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-B/part-172 23 CFR 172.9(d)(2)]. The Project Manager’s evaluation assists the Department with future professional service agreement selections and provides valuable feedback to the consultant. The solicitation to perform an evaluation will come from DelDOT’s Contract Administration section.
                                    <li>PC file in dgn format</li>
                        </p>
                                </ul>
                                <p>
                                    Additional description on the CADD files required for designations is contained in the DelDOT’s [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/CADD_Standards_-_2010_Edition 2010 CADD Standards Manual].
                                </p>
                            </div>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.2.4 Test Holes (QL-A)
                             3.4.2.4 Closeout
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/project_closeout_guidelines_for_project_managers.pdf?cache=1717335447027 Project Closeout Guidelines for Project Managers]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The highest-level SUE information is obtained by performing test holes and is termed Quality Level A. Test holes involve use of non-destructive digging equipment which minimizes the potential for damage to an existing utility to determine the precise horizontal and vertical position of underground utilities, as well as the type, size, condition, material, and other characteristics by exposing the utility. Due to the cost of test holes, this technique should be used judiciously at the critical points where exact locations are required. Test hole accuracy is generally considered to be accurate to within 0.04 feet. Test holes at specific locations may be requested by the utility owners through the coordination process.  
                             All professional service task agreements using federal funds must be closed out upon completion in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-2/subtitle-A/chapter-II/part-200/subpart-D 2 CFR 200.344]. Regardless of funding source, closeout activities should be approached proactively by the project team to allow funds to be unencumbered from completed tasks and then reprogrammed to other active projects. Closeout is an important and complex task as it requires performance of activities by multiple sections throughout DelDOT. To ensure expedient closeout, DelDOT has developed guidance entitled [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/project_closeout_guidelines_for_project_managers.pdf?cache=1717335447027 Project Closeout Guidelines for Project Managers] which outlines procedures, best practices, and other considerations associated with closeout.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The nondestructive excavation method typically used is vacuum removal. In accordance with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE. Admin. Code § 2401 (4.8.2.12.2)] hydro excavation of test holes is not permitted within the right-of-way. SUE equipment can typically go as deep as needed, however, water table, soil structure/stability, rocks, and size and composition of the utility facility often become the factors that limit the depth of the exploration.  
                             In addition to closing out tasks whose work is complete, the Project Manager must also close out tasks where DelDOT has decided to terminate the professional service before its completion. As with many other activities in the project development process, it is imperative that the Project Manager continually perform the updates and tracking described throughout this manual to communicate critical information to DelDOT’s Division of Finance and other affected sections so closeout can occur expeditiously.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                            <div class="tab">
                        <!--<table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                                <h5>
                            <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.4.2.4 – Mailboxes for Task Closeout</caption>
                                    5.4.2.4.1 Test Hole Requests
                            <tr>
                                </h5>
                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Department Mailbox</b></th>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>When to Include on Funding Request Email</b>></th>
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            </tr>
                                    <tr>
                            <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                <td>[mailto:Dot.AuditManagement@delaware.gov DOT.AuditManagement@Delaware.gov] </td>
                                    </tr>
                                <td>Include on all Closeout Requests</td>
                                    <tr>
                            </tr>
                                        <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/pmforms/utilitydesignationrequest.oft Utility Test Hole Request Form]</td>
                            <tr>
                                    </tr>
                                <td>[mailto:DOT.ProfServices@delaware.gov DOT.ProfServices@Delaware.gov]</td>
                                    <tr>
                                <td>Include on all Closeout Requests</td>
                                        <td> [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/CADD_Standards_-_2010_Edition 2010 CADD Standards Manual]</td>
                            </tr>
                                    </tr>
                            <tr>
                                </table>
                                 <td>[mailto:DOT_TransSolutions_Payment@delaware.gov DOT_TransSolutions_Payment@Delaware.gov]</td>
                                 <p>
                                 <td>Include on all Transportation Solutions Closeout Requests</td>
                                    Test holes can be requested through DelDOT’s Utility section or can be performed under the design team’s professional service agreement. The design team should discuss the appropriate agreement to perform the test holes under with the project’s DelDOT Utility Coordinator when test holes are desired. The design team will need to complete DelDOT’s [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/pmforms/utilitydesignationrequest.oft Utility Test Hole Request Form] and provide the following items to the SUE company to process the request when utility the DelDOT Utility section’s professional services agreements:
                            </tr>
                                </p>
                        </table>-->
                                 <ul>
                    </div> <!--end of h4-->
                                    <li>A plan showing the location of each proposed test hole location</li>
            </div> <!--end of h3-->
                                    <li>FS file in dgn format</li>
        <h2>
                                    <li>HV file in dgn format</li>
            3.5 Establishment of Project Directory
                                    <li>UT file in dgn format</li>
        </h2>
                                    <li>AL file in dgn format</li>
        <p>
                                    <li>PC file in dgn format</li>
            Maintaining consistent project directories promotes increased productivity as less time is needed to search for files and reduces redundancy which assists in assuring the use of correct file versions. DelDOT generally utilizes three separate project directories with varying levels of document control during the project development process. DelDOT’s directories and their intended use are described within this section. The DelDOT CADD Support group is tasked with overseeing DelDOT’s project directory structure and can be used as a resource when determining how a specific project’s directories should be established during the project initiation phase. The DelDOT CADD Support group can be contacted via email at [mailto:DOT_CADDSupport@delaware.gov?subject=CADDWiki:  DOT_CADDSupport@delaware.gov].
                                </ul>
        </p>
                                <p>
            <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                                    Additional description on the CADD files required for test holes is contained in the DelDOT’s [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/CADD_Standards_-_2010_Edition 2010 CADD Standards Manual].
                                </p>
                            </div>
                    </div>
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.4.3 Conflict Assessment
                     3.5.1 ProjectWise
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                <p>
                    Once utility locations are determined, conflict points both aboveground and belowground can be determined, evaluated, and ultimately resolved. The design team and utility owners should partner to perform this critical activity aimed at eliminating, minimizing, and mitigating project risks. The project’s proposed drainage and other underground features should be assessed in relation to the location of the existing utilities to identify potential conflict points. Proposed aboveground features must be evaluated for conflicts with existing and relocated features for conflicts. The project team must also identify potential conflicts that performance of the proposed work will create. For example, adequate space must be provided from aerial facilities to allow for construction of all proposed project elements.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The project team should strive to avoid utility impacts whenever feasible due to the project related risks associated with utility impacts, however, avoidance will not always be possible and must be considered on a site-specific basis. When utilities must be impacted by the proposed construction, attempts should be made to minimize the impact so that the utility can remain in place with only minimal impact or adjustments being required. The project team must also consider the future maintenance implications when evaluating whether an existing utility should remain in place or be relocated. DelDOT’s Utilities section will make all final determinations regarding whether existing utilities can remain in place or must be relocated. Utilities that will be required to relocate as part of the project, if not previously notified, should be notified as soon as possible so that relocation design can commence. The necessary relocation designs will be instrumental in establishing additional property rights that will need to be acquired as part of the project. Accordingly, draft relocation plans and any associated additional real estate requirements must be completed prior to final right-of-way to facilitate an efficient acquisition process.
                </p>
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                     <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                     <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
Line 1,319: Line 513:
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td> [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/xls/utilities/master_ucm_worksheet.xlsm Utility Conflict Matrix Worksheet (UCM)]</td>
                         <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Folder_Structure_and_Contents_-_PW2102 ProjectWise Folder Structure]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/images/f/fd/ProjectWise_Project_Creation_Form_v1.0.xlsx ProjectWise Project Creation Form]</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td> [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/pptx/utilities/ucm_worksheet_user_guide.pptx Utility Conflict Matrix Worksheet User Guide]</td>
                         <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/images/9/9d/ProjectWise_Access_Control_Form_v1.1.xlsm ProjectWise Access Control Form]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Explorer_Configuration_-_PW2101 ProjectWise Explorer Configuration]</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                 </table>
                 </table>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     DelDOT projects are to utilize DelDOT’s standard [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/xls/utilities/master_ucm_worksheet.xlsm Utility Conflict Matrix Worksheet (UCM)] to document conflict point determination, analysis, and ultimate resolution. DelDOT also maintains a [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/pptx/utilities/ucm_worksheet_user_guide.pptx Utility Conflict Matrix Worksheet User Guide] to assist in effective and uniform usage of the UCM. The UCM serves to highlight the conflicts that must be mitigated, and which conflicts need additional information such as test holes before a resolution can be determined. When available, the project’s current version of the UCM will be distributed with each submission to the utility owners through the UPA. DelDOT’s Utility Coordinator will review the UCM before each submission and may require corrections prior to distribution.  
                     ProjectWise is DelDOT’s preferred project development related project directory and is used for both in-house developed and consultant developed projects. ProjectWise is a cloud-based Document Management System (DMS) designed specifically to manage documents related to design and construction projects. ProjectWise provides a secure file management system where access is controlled by security groups managed by DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators. ProjectWise additionally provides enhanced searching capabilities and managed references where if a file gets moved or renamed, ProjectWise will automatically change the attachment information within MicroStation to maintain the link.
                </p>
                <p>
                    All new capital projects developed by DelDOT’s Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections are to use this platform. Other sections or programs may use the cloud-based project directory as well after coordination with DelDOT’s CADD Support group. To promote consistency, DelDOT maintains a standard [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Folder_Structure_and_Contents_-_PW2102 ProjectWise folder structure]. Users are not permitted to create new folders within the ProjectWise directory. Projects that do not use ProjectWise as their main directory are to use DelDOT’s DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder as their primary project directory.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <h3>
                    5.4.4 Utility Company Reimbursement
                </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     In general, when utilities are affected by DelDOT projects, the utility owner is responsible for making all necessary relocations and adjustments and their associated work is not reimbursable, however, there are exceptions. Effort is to be made as early in the project development process as possible to determine the utility work that may be reimbursable due to the time required to evaluate the proof of compensatory interest and to create the necessary reimbursement agreements. An executed reimbursement agreement which outlines the obligations and responsibilities of each party must be in place before any design or construction work begins for all or part of the eligible utility adjustments. The project team will be required to estimate the utility reimbursement cost and account for that cost within the project budget prior to the utility providing an estimate. The project team will be required to estimate all reimbursable costs including the design, inspection, and construction costs. Additional information on estimating this cost is included in Section 6.5.
                     DelDOT maintains a [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/images/1/1c/ProjectWise_Project_Creation_and_Access_Control_Form_v3.xlsx ProjectWise Project Creation Form] for adding projects to the “DELDOT Production” datasource. Once the request is received, DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators will create the project folders on the “DELDOT Production” datasource on ProjectWise and will assign submitted users to one of the standard access groups defined in the project creation request form. Consultant users that wish to restrict staff access by discipline can utilize DelDOT’s defined discipline access groups whereas consultant users that do not wish to restrict staff access across discipline can assign staff to the “PM (consultant)” access group which will allow their staff to access all folders and files on the ProjectWise directory.DelDOT maintains a [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/images/1/1c/ProjectWise_Project_Creation_and_Access_Control_Form_v3.xlsx ProjectWise Project Creation and Access Control Form] for adding projects to the “DELDOT Production” datasource as well as for modifying access at a later time. Once the request is received, DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators will create the project folders on the “DELDOT Production” datasource on ProjectWise and will assign submitted users to one of the standard access groups defined in the project creation request form. Consultant users that wish to restrict staff access by discipline can utilize DelDOT’s defined discipline access groups whereas consultant users that do not wish to restrict staff access across discipline can assign staff to the “PM (consultant)” access group which will allow their staff to access all folders and files on the ProjectWise directory. All later access modifications can be performed through use of DelDOT’s standard ProjectWise Access Control Form. It is recommended that a single version of the Access Control Form be created and used throughout the life of the project to track all permission changes. When sending the Access Control Form to CADD Support, use the "No Change" option in Column 1 for existing users that require no access change.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     Compensable utilities are to prepare an estimate for preliminary engineering to design the adjustment and/or relocations upon receipt of the executed agreement. The utility owner will ultimately be required to provide DelDOT a utility PS&E package with marked color plans indicating existing facilities to remain, existing facilities to be removed, proposed reimbursable relocations, and proposed non‐reimbursable relocations at the date indicated by DelDOT’s Utilities section. In accordance with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401 (6.5)], utilities are required to use the procedures established for reimbursement which are included in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/part-645/subpart-A 23 CFR 645 Subpart A] and further described in FHWA’s Program Guide entitled [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/utilguid/if03014.pdf Utility Relocation and Accommodation on Federal-aid Highway Projects].
                     After initial project folder establishment, all subsequent design team access or permission issues should be communicated by the DelDOT Project Manager to DelDOT’s CADD Support group. DelDOT maintains [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Explorer_Configuration_-_PW2101 ProjectWise Explorer Configuration] instructions which describes the process to connect to the “DELDOT Production” datasource. All questions or issues pertaining to the overall functionality of ProjectWise should be directed to the DelDOT CADD Support group.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <h3>
                    3.5.2 \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Folder_Structure_and_Contents_-_PW2102 ProjectWise Folder Structure]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     Table 5.4.4 identifies and describes the circumstances in which utility relocation work in the State is reimbursable.  
                     In-house developed projects that do not utilize the ProjectWise directory are to use DelDOT’s \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder as their main project development related project directory. This location is commonly mapped as the “Y-Drive” for staff within the Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections. Projects that utilize a ProjectWise Directory do not require the creation of a directory in the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder. The \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder is an access protected internal network server which is managed by both DelDOT’s CADD Support group and DelDOT’s Division of Technology and Innovation. Projects in the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder are placed into folders organized first by county and then by maintenance road number. When used as the main project development related project directory, the structure of the directory is to follow the standard [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/ProjectWise_Folder_Structure_and_Contents_-_PW2102 ProjectWise folder structure].
                 </p>
                 </p>
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                <h3>
                     <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 14px;text-align: middle;">Table 5.3.2.2.1.2 – Additional Statutes Regarding Historic Preservation</caption>
                    3.5.3 \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts
                </h3>
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                     <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                        <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Application</b></th>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                        <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Authority Source</b></th>
                        <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Discussion</b></th>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                        <td>Advanced Relocations</td>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/print_order_form_enabled.pdf Print Request Form]</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (f)]</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utilities for increased expenses incurred when requiring the utility to alter or relocate their facilities in advance of construction. These costs can include expenses for the maintenance of traffic, tree and vegetation removal, grubbing, grading, test holes, and surveying which would have otherwise been performed by the State’s contractor.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    The \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts folder is not access protected and is to only be used to store and print contract plans. This location is commonly mapped as the “V-Drive” for staff within the Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections. Plans can be requested to be printed through the use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/print_order_form_enabled.pdf Print Request Form].
                </p>
                <p>
                    To maintain consistency and uniformity when placing electronic files on the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts folder, it is recommended that the folder system shown in Table 3.5.3 be utilized within the contract directory folder.
                </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;">
                    <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.5.3 – Active Contracts Subfolder Structure</caption>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Utilities Located Outside of the Public Right-of-way</td>
                         <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Folder Name</b></th>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/manuals/utilities-manual-2022/appendix-f.pdf Delaware Power & Light Co. v. Terry, 194 A.2d 553 (Del. Ch. 19630.)]</td>
                         <th style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;"><b>Folder Contents</b></th>
                        <td>Rather than being in DelDOT’s right-of-way, some public utilities elect to obtain rights to be on private lands outside of the public right-of-way. In instances when these facilities are affected, DelDOT must reimburse the utilities for their relocation.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Temporary Relocations</td>
                         <td>Survey</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (g)(1)d]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Survey Plan submission.
                         <td>DelDOT must reimburse nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utilities in cases where DelDOT requests a temporary alteration or relocation of the public utility facility due to a DelDOT project.</td>
                         </td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Second Relocation within 10 Years</td>
                         <td>Preliminary</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (g)(1)a]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Preliminary Construction Plan submission.
                         <td>DelDOT must reimburse nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utilities in cases where DelDOT requires a second alteration or relocation of the same public utility facility within 10-years from the date of completion of the initial alteration or relocation.</td>
                         </td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Second Relocation Due to Alteration of State’s Plans</td>
                         <td>Semi-Final_Construction</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (g)(1)b]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Construction Plan submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT must reimburse nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utilities in cases where DelDOT alters its plan of construction for the project at any time before its completion, in a manner that requires the public utility to alter or relocate its facility that has already been fully or partially altered or relocated in connection with the project.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Municipality Owned Utility Relocations</td>
                         <td>Semi-Final_RW</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (b)]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Right-of-Way Plan submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT is required to make all necessary alterations or relocations of facilities owned and/or operated by a public utility of a municipality or of any governmental body or political subdivision of the State.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Relocations Performed by the State’s Contractor</td>
                         <td>Semi-Final_XS</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (h)]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Cross-Section submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may identify specific facility alteration or relocation items which are beneficial to be performed by the DelDOT’s contractor or subcontractor instead of by the public utility. As part of the agreement, the public utility must agree to reimburse DelDOT or DelDOT’s contractor or subcontractor for the construction items.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Projects funded by at Least 90% Federal Money</td>
                         <td>Final_Construction</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §132 (b)(5)]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Construction Plan submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT is required to reimburse a public utility owner for the expense of a relocation of public utility facilities necessitated by any project where the State is to be reimbursed by at least 90% of the cost of such project from federal funds or by the federal government or any agency thereof, such expense to be the amount paid by such owner properly attributable to such relocation after deducting therefrom any increase in the value of the new facilities and any salvage value derived from the old facilities.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Relocations Requiring Unique Materials</td>
                         <td>Final_RW</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (e)]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Right-of-Way Plan submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse a public utility when a relocation requires the procurement of unique materials or supplies in advance of the construction contract. DelDOT may additionally fully or partially reimburse the utility when the unique material or supplies must be stored for more than 60 days prior to its incorporation into the construction work.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Additional Expenses Incurred Due to Enhancement</td>
                         <td>Final_XS</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (j)]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Cross-Section submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utilities for additional expenses incurred due to the enhancement of the public utility’s facilities, if, in the judgment of DelDOT, the enhancement will result in net cost savings to DelDOT, will expedite the project, or will otherwise result in increased public benefit and convenience.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Relocations Providing Major Economic Developments</td>
                         <td>PSE_Construction</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (c)(2)a]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the PS&E Construction submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse a nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utility up to 50 percent of the cost of the public utility facility’s alteration or relocation when required for a major economic development project in which the public utility’s cooperation is critical to accomplishing the project in a timely manner.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Recovery from Natural Disasters</td>
                         <td>PSE_XS</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (c)(2)b]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the PS&E Cross-Section submission.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse a nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utility up to 50 percent of the cost of the public utility facility’s alteration or relocation to aid in recovery from natural disasters such as storms or floods.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>Relocations Providing Compelling Benefit to the Traveling Public</td>
                         <td>Advertisement</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (c)(2)c]</td>
                         <td>Plot files (PDF) used for the advertisement package.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT may reimburse a nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utility up to 50 percent of the cost of the public utility facility’s alteration or relocation when determined to have a compelling benefit to the traveling public.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>DelDOT Project Cancellation or Non-Commencement</td>
                         <td>Miscellaneous</td>
                         <td>[https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143 (g)(1)c]</td>
                         <td>Miscellaneous plot files, such as one-off plots, test plots, etc.</td>
                        <td>DelDOT is required to reimburse a nonmunicipal or other nongovernmental public utility for the cost of altering or relocating its facilities when DelDOT cancels or does not commence a highway construction, reconstruction, relocation, raepair, or maintenance project within a period of two-years from the date of authorization.</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                 </table>
                 </table>
                     <div class="tab">
            </div> <!--end of h3-->
        <h2>
            3.6 Project Scoping
        </h2>
        <p>
            Project scoping is the process that is used to evaluate a transportation deficiency and determine what work should be included within a proposed project to address it. All DelDOT projects must be appropriately scoped by the section responsible for performing the design. Site visits should be performed during the scoping phase to properly assess project needs and to verify any desktop assessments and research conducted. The project scoping task should be conducted as early as feasible in the project development process, however, its exact timing will vary greatly based on project specific factors including the program or section developing the project, the complexity of the project, the number and type of project stakeholders, and project funding. This section describes the best practices DelDOT has established for performing project scoping and arriving at a preferred alternative for further design.
        </p>
        <p>
            After the initial project scoping is complete, scope management will continue throughout the project development process. Scope management requires that the project team evaluate additional proposed work to ensure that all work required to meet the project objectives are completed while work outside of the project’s objectives is evaluated for feasibility and cost-effectiveness. Scope management is primarily concerned with defining, and then controlling, what is and is not included in the project scope.
        </p>
            <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                <h3>
                    3.6.1 Define the Project Objective
                </h3>
                <p>
                    The first task and cornerstone of the project scoping phase is defining explicit and clear project objectives that indicate why a project is being undertaken and what the project is intended to achieve. The project objectives must be based on, and be commensurate with, the transportation deficiencies initially generating the project. Though not federally required for all projects, developing a formal “purpose and need” statement that defines a project’s scope should be considered on all DelDOT projects. Purpose and need statements should be written concisely. Additionally, they should not be written so narrowly as to limit the development of reasonable solutions or alternatives, nor so vague as to provide no framework for future decision-making. It is permissible that the purpose and need statement reference the results of other technical studies rather than reciting the information in those technical studies.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The “need” statement should provide the factual foundation for the statement of project purpose. The need statement should describe the deficiencies that the proposed action is intended to address and, to the extent possible, explain the underlying sources of those deficiencies.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The “purpose” statement should define the fundamental reasons for the project being proposed, expressed as a desired transportation outcome. If a project has several distinct purposes, each purpose should be individually listed. The purpose statement should be logical in relation to the “need” section.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.6.2 Develop the Scoping Process
                </h3>
                <p>
                    The project scoping task must be tailored by the design team to suit an individual project’s needs and considerations. Accordingly, the design team should collaborate at the beginning of the project initiation phase to develop an approximate project scoping process and schedule that includes the activities and actions described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6 Project Scoping|Section 3.6]]. The complexity and potential impact of the project being assessed as discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.2.1 NEPA Class Requirements|Section 3.6.2.1]], will determine the extent of the scoping process required as well as the level of formal documentation needed. [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6 Project Scoping|Section 3.6]] provides an order of tasks that can be followed, modified, or performed simultaneously as deemed necessary by the Project Manager to meet an individual project’s scoping needs and to arrive at a preferred alternative.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Early coordination with appropriate regulatory agencies, other DelDOT sections, and the public can be used to determine an appropriate project scope and can aid in determining the type and scope of environmental review, the level of analysis, and related environmental requirements that a project will require. [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.2.2 Scoping Meetings|Section 3.6.2.2]] and [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.2.3 Public Involvement|Section 3.6.2.3]] describe tools that can be used during the project scoping phase to conduct this early coordination. When the project scoping phase is performed properly, its results may be incorporated into the environmental review documents in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111 (a)(2)(i)].
                </p>
                <p>
                    As with many other elements of the project development process, a project’s scoping phase must be treated as a dynamic and iterative process that is subject to change throughout its execution to ensure that the project scoping phase delivers its intended results.
                </p>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.4.1 Vertical Adjustment of Nonmunicipal Utility Covers
                             3.6.2.1 NEPA Class Requirements
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            Projects that will use federal funding must follow the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process which requires that agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section will perform an initial environmental evaluation as part of the project’s initial baselining as discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1.3 Initial Environmental Evaluation|Section 3.2.1.3]]. Projects that are classified as a Categorical Exclusion (CEs) are not required to have a formal scoping process. However, project’s that are initially classified as an Environmental Impact Study (EIS) <i>will</i> need a formal and well-documented alternatives analysis assessment while Environmental Assessments (EAs) <i>may</i> need a formal and well-documented alternatives analysis assessment. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section can be used as a resource for clarification on a project’s federal scoping requirements. Additional information on the NEPA process is included in Section 5.3.
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            3.6.2.2 Scoping Meetings
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,428: Line 678:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>DGM 3-1: [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/dgm/pdfs/utilities/3-1_utility_cover_vertical_adjustment.pdf Documenting and Paying for Non-Municipal Utility cover Vertical Adjustments] </td>
                                 <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/01_pd_process_scoping_meeting_questionnaire.pdf Bridge Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Road Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>DelDOT Distribution List (\\DOTFS08\CADD\Active_Designs\Distribution_List)</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Scoping Meeting Memo]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             In accordance with DelDOT DGM 3-1 titled [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/dgm/pdfs/utilities/3-1_utility_cover_vertical_adjustment.pdf Documenting and Paying for Non-Municipal Utility cover Vertical Adjustments], DelDOT is permitted to identify specific utility facility alteration or relocation work to be performed by DelDOT’s contractor or subcontractor instead of by the public utility in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143(h)]. Pursuant to [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. §143(j)], DelDOT recognizes the benefits of having non-municipal or other nongovernmental public utility at-grade facilities (i.e. manhole covers, valve box covers, junction well covers, etc.) adjusted to final grade by the State’s contractor concurrent to DelDOT projects. Therefore, DelDOT projects that require vertical adjustments of nonmunicipal utility covers are to prioritize making the vertical adjustments of nonmunicipal utility covers required by the project with the State’s contractor at no cost to the utility because of the cost savings realized.
                             The design team can elect to hold scoping meetings with stakeholders at strategic points in the project scoping phase. Scoping meetings are valuable tools for identifying additional existing transportation deficiencies, construction constraints, the need and scope for additional studies, identifying project risks and associated mitigation strategies, and eventual maintenance and operation considerations. The discussion and identification of these elements with key project stakeholders will additionally assist in validating the initial project baselining effort discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining|Section 3.2.1]]. On some projects, particularly those with relatively large environmental impact potential, it may be appropriate to hold scoping meetings specifically with the environmental regulatory agencies. The design team should consult with the DelDOT Environmental Stewardship section to determine the need for and required agency attendance for a solely environmental agency scoping meeting.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            The design team is responsible for assessing the need for project scoping meetings as well as for scheduling scoping meetings. Considerations involved with the scoping meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                     </div>
                        <ul>
                            <li><b>Meeting timing within scoping phase</b> – The design team should schedule the scoping meeting at a logical time within the scoping phase so that there is enough meaningful information compiled to discuss, but early enough so that feedback from the meeting participants can still help guide project scoping decisions.</li>
                            <li><b>Location and format</b> of the meeting – A scoping meeting can either be held at the project location, as a virtual meeting, in-person in a group setting, or any combination thereof. Each potential meeting location and format provides different benefits that will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis.</li>
                            <li><b>Topics for discussion</b> – The design team should review the project ahead of the meeting to determine which topics are most beneficial for discussion in the group meeting. At a minimum, the design team should present the project’s history and any draft project objectives or goals at the scoping meeting. Additional potential topics for discussion include the following:
                              <ul>
                                <li>Alternatives considered to date,</li>
                                <li>Project constructability including any accelerated bridge construction methods,</li>
                                <li>Design controls and criteria,</li>
                                <li>Existing known maintenance issues,</li>
                                <li>Pavement condition,</li>
                                <li>Utility conflicts,</li>
                                <li>Potential for utility reimbursement including for design, inspection, and construction,</li>
                                <li>Multi-modal facilities,</li>
                                <li>Public outreach strategies,</li>
                                <li>Existing right-of-way and railroads,</li>
                                <li>Lighting condition,</li>
                                <li>Integrated transportation management systems (ITMS),</li>
                                <li>Proposed project schedules,</li>
                                <li>Environmentally sensitive locations,</li>
                                <li>Transit facilities,</li>
                                <li>Known safety and accessibility deficiencies,</li>
                                <li>Other known DelDOT or developer projects planned for the area,</li>
                                <li>Stormwater and drainage patterns,</li>
                                <li>Future maintenance considerations that the work could create.</li>
                              </ul>
                              <div class="tab"> <!--indent but do not number-->
                                <p>DelDOT has created the [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/01_pd_process_scoping_meeting_questionnaire.pdf Bridge Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire] and the Road Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire to assist the design team facilitate meaningful discussion at the scoping meeting.</p>
                              </div>
                            </li>
                            <li><b>Material to facilitate discussion</b> – The design team should assemble material prior to the meeting that will facilitate meaningful conversation. This could include the creation of a meeting agenda, maps of the study area with key constraints, maps of any proposed features or project alternatives, and other current or future transportation improvements plans.</li>
                            <li><b>Meeting participation</b> – DelDOT maintains a Distribution List (\\DOTFS08\CADD\Active_Designs\Distribution_List) that includes recommendations on staff to include at the scoping meeting. The design team should review the probable project scope and the distribution list when determining the DelDOT sections that should participate in the project’s scoping meeting. DelDOT’s Distribution List is kept on internal servers so that the information within the directory is not distributed publicly. Entities outside of DelDOT that require access to the Distribution List should request the information through their Project Manager. Once the desired level of participation is identified, the design team can distribute DelDOT’s standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 scoping meeting memo].</li>
                        </ul>
                        <p>
                            After the scoping meeting concludes, the Project Manager and the rest of the design team should collectively work to determine the items discussed that readily fit within the proposed project’s scope, items that cannot be addressed by the project, and items that warrant further discussion and potential scope alterations to incorporate.
                        </p>
                        <h4>
                            3.6.2.3 Public Involvement
                        </h4>
                        <p>
                            It is important that public involvement be performed at strategic times throughout the project development process. Public involvement generates both outgoing and incoming communication which fosters a project development process that better meets the needs of the users and is received more favorably by the public. Public involvement helps reach a consensus by providing a forum for the users to express their needs, ideas, concerns, and perspectives relating to the transportation system while giving DelDOT the opportunity to educate the public about transportation issues, services, and projects. DelDOT is required under [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111(h)(1)] to maintain a public involvement/ public hearing program. Additional information about DelDOT’s public engagement strategies can be found in Section 5.1. The extent of public involvement required for projects is established on the basis of environmental impacts (as required by the Code of Federal Regulations, [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771] for Federal-aid projects). The class of action and public involvement requirements are indicated on the initial environmental evaluation.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            During the project scoping phase, public involvement can be sought to present feasible alternatives for public review and comment or to gain greater understanding of the existing transportation deficiency. The format of the public involvement will vary depending on the size, complexity, location, and potential impacts of the project. The design team should prepare information ahead of the meeting to facilitate meaningful discussion. Information that can be presented at the public meeting includes the project’s objectives or purpose and need statement if it has been developed, any project alternatives developed, and any major project design features. All public involvement during this phase should be coordinated with the Division Director, the Community Relations section, as well as the Environmental Stewardship section.
                        </p>
                     </div> <!--end of h4-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.4.5 Utility Coordination Deliverables and Approvals
                     3.6.3 Establish Preliminary Design Controls and Criteria
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The DelDOT Utilities section will review and approve the disposition of all utilities within the project limits. At its discretion and in accordance with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401], DelDOT may allow existing utilities to remain in place provided they are not in conflict with the proposed construction and their eventual location will not create a hazard for the traveling public when future maintenance is required. The Utilities section will also review and approve the methods of installing and/ or attaching the utility and the timing of any proposed adjustments and/ or relocations.  
                     The design team should review the project area in combination with the project objectives to ascertain the transportation user groups necessary to accommodate within the project limits. User groups include vehicular traffic, bicycle traffic, pedestrians, as well as transit traffic and facilities. While determining the user groups to accommodate, it is important to note that in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C § 132(f)] of the Delaware Code, projects must construct sidewalks whenever major arterials, minor arterial, collector roads or proposed roads in urbanized areas of the State are widened, constructed, or reconstructed.  
                 </p>
                 </p>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     When relocation is required, the proposed design must be performed in accordance with the requirements in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2401.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2401]. This entails the use of sound engineering principles as well as consideration of the implications to public safety, economic benefits to the State, the visual quality of the highway, efficiency of future maintenance, and the integrity of the roadway or highway structure.  
                     Once the user groups have been identified, the design team should select basic design controls and corresponding design criteria that considers the needs of all necessary modes of transportation as well as the community context in which the project is located. The design controls and design criteria will need to be revisited throughout the project development process; however, the selection of adequate design criteria prior to the development of any alternatives will ensure the suitability of any alternatives generated and their potential impacts, as well as facilitate comparisons between alternatives. Section 4.1 includes a more detailed discussion on the establishment of design criteria.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <h3>
                    3.6.4 Establish Project Constraints
                </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The utility coordination process will result in the development of varying deliverables depending on an individual project’s scope and scale. The Project Manager should coordinate the deliverables that will be required on an individual project with the project’s assigned DelDOT Utility Coordinator.
                     All projects will have unique characteristics and face constraints and limitations that must be vetted through the project scoping phase. Accurately establishing project constraints during the scoping phase will lead to an assessment of the developed alternatives that properly considers a project’s environmental and related social and economic effects. This will ultimately lead to the development of a balanced design that addresses the system’s transportation needs. While assessing the existing project constraints, the design team may determine that additional field or baseline studies may be needed. When this occurs, DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section should be used as a resource to determine if additional studies are in fact needed, and to properly assess the scope and limits of those required studies. Project constraints include, but are not limited to, the following:
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>Transportation operation ([[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.4.1 Transportation Operation|Section 3.6.4.1]]),</li>
                    <li>Environmental ([[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.4.2 Environmental|Section 3.6.4.2]]),</li>
                    <li>Utilities ([[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.4.3 Utilities|Section 3.6.4.3]]),</li>
                    <li>Right-of-Way ([[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.4.4 Right-of-Way|Section 3.6.4.4]]), and</li>
                    <li>Railroad ([[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.4.5 Railroad|Section 3.6.4.5]]).</li>
                </ul>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.5.1 Utility Agreement
                             3.6.4.1 Transportation Operation
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://roaddesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Home Road Design Manual]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>DTC-05.01: Bus Stop and Passenger Facilities Policy</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The DelDOT Utilities section will prepare a utility agreement when it is determined that a utility owner and DelDOT will need to exchange monies as part of a project. The agreement serves as the legal instrument between the utility owner and DelDOT and establishes the utility work required along with its terms and conditions, in accordance with the State code. This agreement is commonly referred to as a ‘letter agreement’ as DelDOT maintains a templated letter which summarizes State law, Court of Chancery decisions, and the pertinent requirements within [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-645 23 CFR 645] to which the work and subsequent payment will be handled. In accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/section-645.113 23 CFR 645.113 (c)], the agreement must be supported by plans, specifications when required, and itemized cost estimates of the work agreed upon, including appropriate credits to the project, and is sufficiently informative and complete to provide a clear description of the work required.
                             The majority of DelDOT’s projects will inherently have an impact on transportation operations either temporarily or permanently. The design team should assess the current transportation network operation within the project area commensurate to any project goals or objectives. This operational assessment should include, but not be limited to, the following transportation operation characteristics:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li><b>Crash Patterns</b> – The existing crash patterns should be reviewed to identify existing transportation deficiencies including high crash locations, patterns in crashes that may indicate specific problematic movements, and particular types of crashes that should be targeted for countermeasures. Additional information on requesting crash data is provided in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.5 Crash Data|Section 3.7.5]]. The project location should also be investigated for any previous HSIP sites which may provide additional crash pattern information and countermeasures for consideration.</li>
                            <li><b>Level of Service (LOS)</b> – The LOS or other comparable traffic capacity measures can be used to evaluate current traffic operation in accordance with Section 2.6 of the DelDOT [https://roaddesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Home Road Design Manual]. Additional information on traffic capacity analysis is provided in Section 4.4.</li>
                            <li><b>Design vehicles</b> – The project’s existing geometric design at turning movement locations can be analyzed to determine the design vehicles that are currently accommodated within the project limits. Section 2.6 of the DelDOT [https://roaddesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Home Road Design Manual] provides additional discussion on design vehicle selection.</li>
                            <li><b>Pedestrian facilities</b> – Nearly all trips include a pedestrian portion; even trips taken by passenger vehicles or transit begin with drivers and passengers walking from their origin to the vehicle and end with them walking from the vehicle to their destination. Pedestrian facilities should be designed to maximize pedestrian visibility to motorists, accommodate the volume of pedestrians anticipated, and be accessible. Pedestrian desire lines should be considered related to sidewalks, shared use paths, and crosswalk locations. Additional information on pedestrian facilities is provided in Section 4.5. </li>
                            <li><b>Bicycle facilities</b> – Bicycle facilities within the project area can be assessed to determine how well they accommodate the bicycle user demand within the project limits. Additional information on bicycle user groups and their appropriate accommodations is contained within the AASHTO <i>Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities</i>.</li>
                            <li><b>Transit operations</b> – Transit facilities within the project area can be reviewed to assess how well operations meet the current user demand. DelDOT Policy Implement DTC-05.01 entitled <i>Bus Stop and Passenger Facilities Policy</i> contains DelDOT’s design guidance for these facilities. The design team should coordinate a project’s transit needs with the Delaware Transit Corporation (DTC) when it is determined that addressing transit operation deficiencies is a project objective.</li>
                        </ul>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.5.2 Adjustment and Relocation Plans
                             3.6.4.2 Environmental
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             All DelDOT contracts must provide sufficient detail to adequately describe all work that the contractor is obligated to perform, including any necessary utility-related adjustments and relocations. The amount and complexity of information required to be included in the contract will dictate the format in which this deliverable is ultimately provided. The Project Manager, the DelDOT Utility Coordinator, and the appropriate DelDOT Construction group should collectively collaborate to reach consensus on plan format. Three common formats for including utility adjustments and relocations in a contract are described below:  
                             All transportation projects will have a level of environmental impact. Numerous state and federal agencies, laws and regulations govern these environmental impacts. The level of a project’s impact will determine the amount or if any mitigation will be required. Wherever possible, environmental resources are to be avoided, but where avoidance is not prudent, the impacts are to be minimized and mitigated. Environmental impacts that must be assessed include:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <ul>
                             <li><b>Include required work within other contract plan sheets</b> – This format is typically used when relocations and adjustments are not extensive and can be clearly displayed with other proposed elements in the contract.</li>
                             <li>Social impacts to communities,</li>
                             <li><b>Create utility relocation sheets within the contract plans</b> – When the utility work required on a project becomes extensive, the utility work can be separated into its own plan sheets to provide a clear presentation of the contract’s work.</li>
                            <li>Permanent land use changes,</li>
                             <li><b>Create separate utility relocation plans</b> The primary benefit to packaging the utility relocation plans separately from the rest of the contract work is to create a clear division between separately signed and sealed plans. This format is most beneficial when complex utility plans are included within the contract but have been developed and then signed and sealed by an entity separate from DelDOT or its design consultant.</li>
                            <li>Economic impacts,</li>
                         </ul>
                            <li>Social justice impacts,</li>
                            <li>Cultural impacts to historic properties,</li>
                            <li>Impacts to publicly owned parks, recreational areas, or national wildlife refuge areas,</li>
                            <li>Air quality effect,</li>
                            <li>Noise effect,</li>
                             <li>Trees,</li>
                            <li>Endangered species,</li>
                            <li>Impacts to known hazardous material locations,</li>
                            <li>Water quality effects to lakes, streams, wetlands,</li>
                            <li>Fish and wildlife effects, and</li>
                             <li>Impact to any protected farmland.</li>
                        </ul>       
                        <p>
                            DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section should be used as a resource if it is determined that a project could potentially include these listed environmental impacts. The section is staffed with subject matter experts and maintains and manages DelDOT’s relationships with each of the governing agencies to ensure smooth operations during the NEPA and permit approval process. Additional information on the environmental coordination process is provided in Section 5.3.
                        </p>  
                        <h4>
                            3.6.4.3 Utilities
                         </h4>        
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The contract must also depict the required utility work that will be performed by entities other than the contractor including by the utility owners. Assigning responsibility and showing approximate proposed utility placement in the adjustment and relocation plans will facilitate more effective coordination during the construction phase which serves to minimize potential project delays and claims.
                             Transportation projects frequently affect either underground or aerial utilities both within and outside of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. Impacts to utility features can be costly and add time to a project’s schedule. The amount of added cost and delay to a project will vary based on the feature that is impacted as well as the severity of the impact. During the scoping process, effort should be made by the design team to ascertain the approximate location, the owner, and type of existing utilities. DelDOT’s Utilities section can be used as a resource during this investigative effort. Additional information on the utility coordination process is provided in Section 5.4.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <h4>
                            3.6.4.4 Right-of-Way
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Creation of this deliverable will also enable efficient right-of-way reviews by visually depicting the proposed utility features with other plan elements like signal poles, light poles, drainage features, structures, and clear zone.  
                             Transportation projects will often require the acquisition of additional property rights to construct or maintain a proposed facility. An initial evaluation of existing property rights is a valuable step in the transportation decision-making process as acquisition of property rights can be controversial, expensive, and time consuming. Existing right-of-way limits can be approximated using GIS databases or can be researched and recreated based on archive plans, deeds, plat books, wills, and other source information. The level of existing right-of-way reconstruction performed should be commensurate with the project’s scope and potential impacts. DelDOT’s Team Support section can be used as a resource during this process. Additional information on the right-of-way coordination process is provided in Section 5.5.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.5.3 Utility Statement
                             3.6.4.5 Railroad
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             A utility statement is included within a contract to summarize the existing utilities within the project area, establish temporary and permanent relocations, work responsibilities, maintenance of traffic requirements and responsibilities, utility outage restrictions, and associated conditions. Inclusion of a utility statement is required in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/section-635.309 23 CFR 635.309] when the project is federally funded. The utility statement also includes a utility relocation bar chart outlining the anticipated timing of utility relocations within a project along with the anticipated schedule of the proposed DelDOT improvements by phase. The bar chart should be accompanied by a disclaimer that states the following: “the purpose of the utility work sequencing and duration is to assist the Contractor in planning his work. The intent is not to provide a source for construction claims”.
                             Railroads are typically contained within a separate right-of-way from the State’s operational right-of-way. All work within railroad right-of-way must be coordinated with the railroad owner and requires proper agreements and other considerations before commencing. Therefore, transportation projects which are proximate, or which will affect railroad right-of-way, operation, or assets will require additional coordination efforts. Accordingly, railroad right-of-way should be researched and delineated as part of the project scoping phase. DelDOT’s Railroad Coordination section can be used as a resource during this process.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                    </div> <!--end of h4-->
                <h3>
                    3.6.5 Alternatives Development
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Once a project’s objectives and goals are understood, conceptual alternatives in accordance with the preliminary design criteria established in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.3 Establish Preliminary Design Controls and Criteria|Section 3.6.3]] can be developed to address the transportation need. The intent of the development of conceptual design alternatives is not to develop the final project design, but to provide the direction and scale of the improvement, and to confirm that the alternative is viable physically and financially. The initial alternatives developed should define the project by alignment and by grade if applicable to a project’s proposed scope.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The initial alternatives developed should cover a wide range and scale of potential improvements and incorporate principles of the Safe Systems Approach where possible. The Safe Systems Approach mitigates the risk inherent in the transportation network through use of multiple layers of protection to both prevent crashes and to reduce harm caused to those involved when crashes occur. Additional information about the Safe System Approach is provided on the United States Department of Transportation’s [https://www.transportation.gov/NRSS/SafeSystem website]. Additional discussion on the types and scale of improvements to be considered is included in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.5.1 Alternative Types|Section 3.6.5.1]].
                </p>
                <p>
                    Once developed, the initial alternatives for evaluation should be condensed to a manageable and reasonable number of feasible alternatives that is proportional to the project’s scope. All feasible alternatives developed must meet the requirements of [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111(1)] if federal funds are or will be used which requires the project meet the following criteria:
                </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>Connect logical termini and be of sufficient length to address environmental matters on a broad scope,</li>
                    <li>Have independent utility or independent significance, ''i.e.,'' be usable and be a reasonable expenditure even if no additional transportation improvements in the area are made, and </li>
                    <li>Not restrict consideration of alternatives for other reasonably foreseeable transportation improvements.</li>
                </ul>
                <p>
                    Feasible alternatives should be developed to comparable levels for evaluation. A practical, cost-effective design of each proposed alternative should be developed for relative comparison. The feasible alternatives developed will ultimately be evaluated and assessed in accordance with the guidance in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.6.6 Alternatives Assessment|Section 3.6.6]].
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.4.5.4 Utility Relocation Checklist
                             3.6.5.1 Alternative Types
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/utilities/utility_relocation_checklist.dotx Utility Relocation Checklist] </td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The design team is to complete DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/utilities/utility_relocation_checklist.dotx Utility Relocation Checklist] and provide it to the DelDOT Utility Coordinator for additional completion. A checklist should be created for each individual utility identified in the project utility statement. The checklist is an internal document that is intended to document impacts to each utility owner even if there are no anticipated impacts from the construction. The checklist is also used to justify and obtain approval for advanced relocation work when sought.
                             The project team should consider a wide array of solutions to rectify the identified transportation deficiency and to meet the project’s established objectives and goals. This subsection provides a detailed description of the alternative types that can be considered during this phase of the project development process. The alternative types listed may be combined as needed to address an individual location’s specific needs.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                     </div>
                        <ul>
             </div>
                            <li><b>No-Build Alternative</b> – The no-build alternative would not include any upgrades that would change the road’s operation or extend its service life and instead, would only continue the routine maintenance of the existing facility. This alternative serves as a baseline comparison of the other available alternatives. The no-build alternative must always be considered during the scoping phase.</li>
                            <li><b>Transportation System Management and Operations (TSMO)</b> – TSMO is a set of strategies that focus on creating operational improvements which do not require adding system capacity. The goal of TSMO alternatives is to maintain or even restore the performance of the existing transportation system. TSMO strategies include, but are not limited to, traffic signal coordination, traffic incident management, special event management, road weather management, freight management, providing traveler information, ramp management, transportation demand management, congestion pricing, integrated corridor management, access management, and expanding multimodal alternatives and mobility services.</li>
                            <li><b>Preventive Maintenance (1R and 2R) project</b> – This alternative type is often associated with maintenance activities intended to preserve the system, retards future deterioration, and maintain or improve the functional condition of the system without increasing structural capacity. Enhancements within this alternative type are typically minor and do not change the overall character of the facility.</li>
                            <li><b>Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) project</b> – This alternative type consists of resurfacing, restoration, and rehabilitation of an existing facility with the intention of preserving and extending service life and enhancing highway safety. This alternative type could include pavement improvements of the existing road, minor roadway widening, and typically includes minor drainage improvements within the scope of the project. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects should make isolated cost-effective improvements to the existing geometrics, where practical, including but not limited to, flattening curves or improving sight distance, roadside shoulder improvements, and construction of select low-cost safety improvements at the site or system-wide level. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects are typically constructed within existing right-of-way, although some minor acquisitions may be necessary. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects do not change the basic roadway type by adding through lanes, passing lanes, or auxiliary lanes, although turn lanes and radius improvements at intersections may be involved.</li>
                            <li><b>Reconstruction (4R) project</b> – This alternative type utilizes an existing roadway alignment or makes only minor changes to an existing alignment but changes the basic roadway type. Typical work includes improving operation by widening, horizontal and/or vertical realignment, addition of travel lanes, access improvement, and replacing bridges. While Reconstruction (4R) projects typically follow an existing road corridor, it may deviate significantly in width and alignment from the present road to achieve full geometric standards. Retaining the existing alignment means that existing constraints in the current roadway environment will influence design decisions.</li>
                            <li><b>New Construction project</b> – This alternative type consists of all new construction on a new alignment where no road is present for the majority of the project. Examples of new construction are a bypass constructed to carry through traffic around a population center, construction of a new access route linking an existing highway with a new recreational facility, or a new grade separated facility. New construction facilities should be built to achieve full design standards. Design exceptions for this alternative type should be rare.</li>
                        </ul>
                     </div> <!--end of h4-->
                <h3>
                    3.6.6 Alternatives Assessment
                </h3>
                <p>
                    Once the existing project constraints have been established and feasible alternatives developed, an assessment that will ultimately lead to the selection of a preferred alternative for further design development can be performed. Thorough analysis of alternatives supports a well-defined scope, minimizes scope creep, and incremental cost effects later in the project development process.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The design team should begin the evaluation process by performing a fatal flaw analysis of each feasible alternative to determine if it has flaws which will prevent it from meeting the established project objectives. If it is determined that the alternative will not be able to meet the project objectives even with minor modifications, the reasons should be documented and other alternatives meeting the project objectives should be prioritized.
                </p>
                <p>
                    After the fatal flaw assessment, the design team should establish a set of consistent evaluation criteria based on the project’s objectives, commitments, environmental impact, and stakeholder input. Once the criteria have been established, each feasible alternative as well as the no-build condition can be analyzed and its impacts to the established project constraints can be determined. Where possible, quantitative measures should be utilized instead of qualitative measures. Matrices summarizing the analysis performed can be created to simplify information presentation. The assessment should be an iterative process where modifications are made and then reassessed.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Using the methodology presented within this section, the benefits, costs, and associated impacts of alternatives can be assessed to determine the alternative that best meets the transportation needs while balancing its subsequent impacts. Some evaluation criteria may be less relevant than others in the decision-making process; therefore, if desired, the evaluation criteria can be ranked and weighted. The criteria and weighting used to assess fulfillment of the project objectives and in assigning scores to the different benefits and consequences should be developed with collaboration, understanding, and agreement of the project and pertinent agency stakeholders. Techniques to monetize the benefit realized by a project can also be used to directly compare an alternative’s benefit to its estimated cost. The alternatives assessment phase will be complete once all feasible build alternatives and the no-build alternative have been evaluated and a tentative preferred alternative has been selected.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Project Managers can elect to distribute the selected preferred alternative Department-wide for additional review and comment at this point as part of a Concept Plan distribution. Concept Plan submittals and their benefits are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.6.7 Process Documentation
                </h3>
                <p>
                    The design team should document the scoping process once a preferred alternative has been selected. This documentation will serve to summarize the early project level decisions and may be federally required on some DelDOT projects. When the project scoping phase is performed properly, its results may be incorporated into the environmental review documents in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-771 23 CFR 771.111 (a)(2)(i)]. The documentation developed is to be succinct and clear while summarizing the following elements:
                </p>
                <ul>
                    <li><b>The project’s objectives</b> – The project’s objective(s) or “purpose and need” should be summarized at the beginning of the document.</li>
                    <li><b>Information collected</b> – The documentation should summarize all information that was collected through any contributing technical studies or other pertinent information that describes the project’s origin. Pertinent technical studies include, but are not limited to, the following:
                        <ul>
                            <li>Cultural resources (architectural/ historical and archaeological),</li>
                            <li>Natural resources (threatened and endangered species, wetlands, water quality, terrestrial and aquatic resources),</li>
                            <li>Noise,</li>
                            <li>Air quality (based on the regional model),</li>
                            <li>Hazardous materials,</li>
                            <li>Conceptual stage relocation plan, and</li>
                            <li>Soils and geology.</li>
                        </ul>
                       
                    </li>
                    <li><b>Description of each alternative considered</b> – Provide a detailed description of each alternative considered, including those which were deemed to have a fatal flaw and therefore not considered in the final alternatives assessment. The alternatives and their design criteria and impacts should be fully described. The description should also include why the improvement option was initially considered and whether the design team made any modifications during the scoping process. The alternative should also be supplemented with a map depicting their location and key design features. Alternatives not carried forward into the final alternatives assessment should have their fatal flaw described.</li>
                    <li><b>Description of the public involvement process</b> – The results of any public involvement and agency coordination undertaken should be sufficiently described.</li>
                    <li><b>Comparison between feasible alternatives</b> – The alternatives analysis assessment criteria and any associated ranking or weighing mechanisms established should be fully explained in the documentation. For quick comparison, alternatives may be presented in an evaluation matrix which shows the evaluation of each of the alternatives.</li>
                    <li><b>Conclusion</b> –Describe why the preferred alternative was selected, any remediation or mitigation strategies to be pursued, as well as any commitments made to the public, pertinent resource agencies, and to other project stakeholders.</li>
                </ul>
                <h3>
                    3.6.8 Additional Scoping Phase Considerations
                </h3>
                <p>
                    The design team will need to perform additional project scoping once a preferred alternative has been selected. These ancillary considerations do not directly contribute to the selection of a preferred alternative but will serve to guide the rest of the project development process.
                </p>
                <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.1 Project Delivery Method
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        Once the preferred alternative has been selected, the design team should assess the appropriate project delivery method. DelDOT traditionally delivers projects using design-bid-build project delivery, however, there are many other contracting alternatives available which can be considered. It is advantageous to consider the ultimate project delivery method during the scoping phase so that the project development process can be tailored to the ultimate deliverables required for the selected contracting method. Additional discussion on contracting method selection is included in Section 6.1. DelDOT Construction must be included on all discussions regarding alternative contracting methods.
                    </p>
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.2 Accessibility Requirements
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-28/chapter-I/part-35 28 CFR 35.151(a)] requires that new construction meet the accessibility standards and be readily accessible to, and usable by, individuals with disabilities. The majority of projects that DelDOT will perform within the existing right-of-way will be considered alteration projects. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-28/chapter-I/part-35 28 CFR 35.151(b)] requires that facilities that are altered meet the accessibility standards and be readily accessible and usable to individuals with disabilities to the maximum extent feasible. The project limits must be examined during the scoping phase to ascertain the accessibility elements that will be affected during construction as well as their required treatment. The design team must perform all required accessibility work and should additionally strive to identify and then remove additional existing barriers to accessibility within the scope of the project. The design team should also consider potential scope expansion due to continued deterioration occurring prior to construction. For example, project limits may need to be expanded during the construction phase to correct pavement in an adjacent intersection which could trigger additional accessibility requirements. Additional discussion on the accessibility requirements and their associated design level considerations is provided in Section 4.5. DelDOT’s Title II Coordinator can be used as a resource during this assessment process.
                    </p>
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.3 Stormwater and Drainage Considerations
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c009/index.html 17 Chapter 9] of the Delaware Code requires that DelDOT adequately drain water along the right-of-way caused by the construction, alteration, or other changing of natural contour lines. Accordingly, DelDOT projects must locate drainage outfalls and subsequently provide positive conveyance within the project limits. Additionally, projects are required to comply with [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title7/5000/5101.shtml 7 DE Admin. Code § 5101] Sediment and Stormwater Regulations of the Delaware Administrative Code. Complying with the Sediment and Stormwater Regulations may require the installation of best management practices (BMPs) depending on the scope and impact of a project. For larger impact projects, this may require the acquisition of additional property rights solely for the construction and subsequent maintenance of BMP facilities. The design team should assess the project area during the scoping phase to accurately establish project limits and to also ensure that adequate field survey is collected. Additional information on drainage design is provided in Section 4.7 and additional information on stormwater management is provided in Section 4.8. DelDOT’s Water Resources section can be used as a resource during this assessment process.
                    </p>
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.4 Cost-Effective Safety Upgrades
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        The transportation network user’s safety is of paramount importance and is at the center of engineering ethics. Once the project limits are established, the design team should scope the limits to assess whether any infrastructure elements directly related to user safety can be improved and incorporated into the logical scope of the project. Examples of work that can be logically added to a project’s scope to enhance safety includes, but is not limited to, upgrading obsolete or prior generation crashworthy hardware, upgrading pedestrian crossing locations, installing or upgrading existing corridor lighting, adding median barrier on a divided roadway, removing existing roadside obstructions, and upgrading existing traffic control devices. DelDOT’s HSIP Program Manager and Traffic Safety Program Manager can be used as a resource during this assessment process.
                    </p>
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.5 3D Engineering Content Development
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        DelDOT develops and utilizes various forms of 3D engineered content throughout the project development process to aid in decision-making and design. Additionally, information that is derived from the 3D engineered content can be provided to a contractor as part of a contract.
                    </p>
                    <p>
                        3D models are extremely beneficial in analyzing clash detections during the design phase. A clash occurs when different infrastructure elements occupy the same space in the proposed design. Generating a 3D model is extremely beneficial in detecting these clashes so that remedies can be evaluated and considered during the design phase, resulting in reduced construction delays and reduced additional costs. Generating a 3D model is also beneficial on large earthwork and paving projects where automated machine guidance (AMG) practices may be utilized during the construction phase. Projects which include the following earthwork operations will benefit from the creation of a 3D model:
                    </p>
                    <ul>
                        <li>Large application of sub-base material spreading,</li>
                        <li>Large application of paving,</li>
                        <li>Mass earthmoving,</li>
                        <li>Stormwater management facilities requiring grading, and</li>
                        <li>Wetland mitigation areas requiring earthwork.</li>
                    </ul>
                    <p>
                        Creating a 3D model during the design phase requires a significant investment of time and resources, which has an associated cost that should be considered on each project. The design team should consider how 3D engineered content will be used during the design phase as well as what electronic deliverables are going to be provided to the contractor during the scoping phase of each project as the decision will directly affect the rest of the project development process. Projects that elect to use 3D modeling during the design phase must have a complete and accurate ground survey of the existing topographical features to ensure the generation of an accurate 3D model that appropriately ties into the original ground surface. The design team needs to recognize the potential limitations that various surveying methods impose on the accuracy of the 3D model.
                    </p>         
                    <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:left;width: 90%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto">
                        <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.6.8.5 - Benefits of Generating 3D Engineered Models</caption>
                        <tr>
                            <td><b>Design Phase Benefits:</b></td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>A more comprehensive design can be developed.</li>
                                    <li>Enables integration of several design processes, resulting in quicker updates during the design phase.</li>
                                    <li>Ability to more accurately detect and address design issues and conflicts during the design phase.</li>
                                    <li>Constructability issues are easier to detect during the design phase.</li>
                                    <li>3D models aid in extracting more accurate quantity estimates.</li>
 
                                </ul>
                            </td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td><b>Construction Phase Benefits:</b></td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>Contractors can identify and rectify constructability issues prior to mobilization, saving time and money.</li>
                                    <li>Contractors have a better understanding of material quantities throughout the project site.</li>
                                    <li>Faster construction execution with Automated Machine Guidance (AMG), which has associated efficiency and safety benefits.</li>
                                    <li>Provides the contractor with insight as to the engineer’s design intent.</li>
                                    <li>Enables more efficient workflows for the measurement and payment of material quantities.</li>
                                </ul>
                            </td>
                        </tr>
                    </table>   
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.6 Resiliency
                    </h4>     
                    <p>
                        As the lowest lying state, roadway flooding is of significant concern when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining Delaware’s infrastructure. In accordance with Delaware’s Climate Action Plan, DelDOT should consider the effects of sea level rise when scoping and designing projects. In addition, as weather patterns are changing, overall resiliency and sustainability considerations and options should be taken into consideration. The design team should also consider the purpose, need, scope, and impacts of each project to determine what, if any, measures may be able to be taken as part of the project. Additional discussion on infrastructure resiliency design is provided in Section 4.12. DelDOT’s Division of Transportation Resilience and Sustainability can be used as a resource during this assessment process.
                    </p>
                    <h4>
                        3.6.8.7 Aesthetics
                    </h4>
                    <p>
                        The design team should evaluate the project area and identify any factors that may necessitate the incorporation of aesthetic features into the project. Factors that could require the addition of aesthetic features include a project’s presence on a designated Delaware Byway, local codes or other municipal requirements, local or regional master plans, or simply through stakeholder demand. Delaware’s Byway program is discussed in more detail in Section 4.2.4. Aesthetic features may include any of the following:                 
                    </p>
                    <ul>
                        <li>
                            Enhanced walls,
                        </li>
                        <li>
                            Ornamental signal and lighting poles,
                        </li>
                        <li>
                            Aesthetic traffic barrier,
                        </li>
                        <li>
                            Fence,
                        </li>
                        <li>
                            Patterned crosswalks, and
                        </li>
                        <li>
                            Landscaping.
                        </li>
                    </ul>
                </div> <!--end of h4-->
             </div> <!--end of h3-->
         <h2>
         <h2>
             5.5 Right-of-Way
             3.7 Existing Site Investigation
         </h2>
         </h2>
        <p>
            Government possession of land, property, or an interest therein possessed for, or devoted to, transportation purposes is commonly called right-of-way. DelDOT and all other public transportation organizations must assess their existing right-of-way during the project development process and obtain any additional right-of-way necessary to construct and then maintain their infrastructure network when it is determined that the existing property rights are insufficient. The right for government to obtain and hold property rights is implicit in the in the Fifth Amendment of the United States Constitution and is explicit in [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del C § 137] of the Delaware Code. Many provisions and procedures have been established at both the federal and state level to prevent abuse of the government’s power to acquire property rights. This subsection summarizes the processes and best practices that DelDOT has adopted to ensure that all applicable requirements are met.
        </p>
        <p>
            Central to DelDOT’s right-of-way verification and acquisition process is the development and approval of final right-of-way plans. In accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del C § 137] of the Delaware Code, no acquisition of real property or property rights may commence until approval of final right-of-way plans is received. It is noted that [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del C § 137] of the Delaware Code does allow for property acquisition prior to approval of final right-of-way plans; however, its use in the DelDOT project development process is rare and therefore, not detailed within this manual. DelDOT’s program for acquiring property rights prior to approval of final right-of-way plans is commonly referred to as the Advanced Acquisition Program and its policies and procedures are contained in [https://regulations.delaware.gov/AdminCode/title2/2000/2400/2406.shtml#TopOfPage 2 DE Admin. Code § 2406] of the Delaware Administrative Code. At the federal level, the Code of Federal Regulations dictates NEPA approval be obtained prior to the use of any federal funds for right-of-way acquisitions.
        </p>
         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
Line 1,509: Line 1,038:
             </tr>
             </tr>
             <tr>
             <tr>
                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=bridge#horizontalTab3 Design Resource Center]</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=bridge Memos and Forms on the Design Resource Center]</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/right_to_trespass_site_investigation.doc Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter]</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach Letter]</td>
             </tr>
             </tr>
         </table>
         </table>
         <p>
         <p>
             DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] defines standards and processes that should be followed in the preparation of right-of-way plans for all existing, new or modified rights-of-way and/or existing rights-of-way maintained by DelDOT. The DelDOT [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] is referenced throughout this subsection accordingly.  
             Performing adequate site investigation is paramount to a project’s success. Timely site investigation enables a more accurate and complete project scoping assessment of the existing site deficiencies, allows the design team to promptly identify and subsequently mitigate existing site constraints, and ultimately reduces risk during the construction phase. Existing site investigation can be conducted throughout the project development process, but it mainly occurs during the project initiation phase. The design team is encouraged to visit the project site and to use the relevant GIS database resources described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.1 GIS Databases|Section 3.7.1]] to assess existing conditions and to better approximate the potential limits and extent of required investigations prior to submitting requests as described within this section. The design team can also use resources publicly available to view existing site imagery collected from the street.
         </p>
         </p>
         <p>
         <p>
             Though no offers of compensation can be made, coordination with affected property owners should occur as early as feasible in the project development process so that property owner concerns and requests can be addressed in the early phases. Meetings that occur between members of the design team and with affected property owners should include a representative from DelDOT’s Right-of-Way section. Additional information about DelDOT’s public engagement process is included with [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.1 Public Engagement|Section 5.1]].
             Various groups within DelDOT are tasked with managing and/ or performing existing site investigation activities. Accordingly, many existing site investigation activities require the design team to request the activity be performed by the section tasked with managing and/ or performing the activity. DelDOT maintains a list of memos and forms for requesting existing site investigation activities on its [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=bridge Design Resource Center] website.
         </p>
         </p>
         <p>
         <p>
             This section has been divided into five distinct processes related to DelDOT’s right-of-way mosaic creation, verification, and acquisition processes:
             [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C § 132(c)(13)] of the Delaware code allows DelDOT to leave the limits of its right-of-way and enter on to private property to conduct surveys, repairs, reconstruction, and operation of publicly financed improvements. It is DelDOT’s practice to notify all potentially affected property owners prior to leaving the right-of-way to conduct all existing site investigations. DelDOT utilizes different procedures to notify potentially affected property owners depending on when the site investigation occurs relative to when the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach] letter described in Section 3.2.1.4 is sent. In cases where the site investigation occurs soon after the project’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach] letter is sent, the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach] letter may serve as the property owner notification. If a significant amount of time, as determined by the Project Manager, has passed since the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/public_involvement_initial_outreach.docx Public Involvement Initial Outreach] letter was sent, the design team must send a [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/right_to_trespass_site_investigation.doc Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter] to all potentially affected property owners prior to the site investigation commencing. Additionally, all staff conducting the site investigation regardless of the format of the letter sent to the residents, must carry the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/right_to_trespass_site_investigation.doc Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter] with them during all field activities.
         </p>
         </p>
         <ul>
         <!--<p>
             <li>Existing right-of-way mosaic creation ([[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Creation|Section 5.5.1]])</li>
             Under these occurrences, the design team is to send a [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/right_to_trespass_site_investigation.doc Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter] to all potentially affected property owners prior to the site investigation commencing. Additionally, all staff conducting the site investigation are to carry the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/right_to_trespass_site_investigation.doc Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter] with them during the field activities.  
            <li>Evaluation and determination of property rights to be acquired ([[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.2 Determination of Property Rights to be Acquired|Section 5.5.2]])</li>
        </p>-->
            <li>Determination of proposed right-of-way monumentation ([[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.3 Determine Proposed Right-of-Way Monumentation|Section 5.5.3]])</li>
            <li>Right-of-way approval process ([[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.4 Right-of-Way Approval Process|Section 5.5.4]])</li>
            <li>Acquisition support and right-of-way certification ([[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.5 Acquisition Support and Right-of-Way Certification|Section 5.5.5]])</li>
        </ul>
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
             <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.5.1 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Creation
                     3.7.1 GIS Databases
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     The first step in DelDOT’s right-of-way process is determining the required level of right-of-way verification based on the right-of-way verification tiers defined by DelDOT. DelDOT’s tiers are based upon a project’s potential impact to the existing right-of-way. Sometimes projects are initiated with scopes that fall between the tiers. In these situations, the Chief of Right-of-Way should be consulted if applicability under a specific tier is unclear. DelDOT’s tiers are fully described in the DelDOT [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] and briefly described below:
                     GIS databases are a powerful desktop research tool which have become widely prevalent in recent years; accordingly, the project team will have access to many GIS databases during the course of the project development process. GIS databases are typically free to use, and their data may need to be field verified during the project scoping phase; therefore, their use is typically most beneficial during the early project development phases. This subsection highlights the GIS databases that are considered the most valuable to the project team for existing site investigation
                 </p>
                 </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <ul>
                    <li><b>Tier 1</b> – This tier consists of projects that do not have impacts outside of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. Research for projects within this tier typically includes review of the DelDOT Roadway Maintenance Inventory, archived plans, and comparison to field evidence to verify that all proposed work will occur within DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. The objective for projects within this tier is to determine DelDOT’s existing right-of-way with reasonable accuracy for the purposes of the work being performed.</li>
                    <li><b>Tier 2</b> – This tier consists of projects that have minor impacts outside of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way at isolated locations within the project. This tier requires research to establish the existing right-of-way at the isolated locations, as well as establishing ownership and all rights that may be involved with the area that is to be impacted by the proposed improvement.</li>
                    <li><b>Tier 3</b> – This tier consists of projects that will have major impacts outside of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. This tier requires that research be performed to establish ownership and all rights that may be involved with the area that is to be impacted by the proposed improvement and to create an archivable record of the proposed acquisitions. Tier Three projects generally require the most complex levels of right-of-way verification.</li>
                </ul>
                <p>
                    After determining the level of existing right-of-way verification required for the project, the source documents needed for verification can be obtained. [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.1 Existing Right-of-Way Source Documents|Section 5.5.1.1]] describes the most commonly utilized source documents for establishing existing right-of-way as well as the request process for obtaining the information. [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.2 Common Existing Land Rights and Restriction Types|Section 5.5.1.2]] outlines the typical existing property rights that DelDOT may own, and [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Creation|Section 5.5.1.3]] provides the best practice to follow when establishing the existing right-of-way.
                </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Initial Project Research Request Memo]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstateofdelaware.sharepoint.com%2Fsites%2FDelDOTPlanning%2FSitePages%2FDelDOTGateway.aspx&data=05%7C01%7Cmnauman%40gpinet.com%7Cbaf8b6845f9b451762f408db8dd2fdf4%7C46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4%7C0%7C0%7C638259711304252832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&sdata=89mLkxSjdSdmchD7SB7wQB2R5VuaeBHPKaVdROWISKE%3D&reserved=0 DelDOT Gateway]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/searching_archive_plans_on_gateway_instructions.pdf Instructions for Obtaining Historic Plans Through DelDOT Gateway]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.1.1 Existing Right-of-Way Source Documents
                             3.7.1.1 DelDOT Gateway
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https://stateofdelaware.sharepoint.com/sites/DelDOTPlanning/SitePages/DelDOTGateway.aspx&data=05|01|mnauman@gpinet.com|baf8b6845f9b451762f408db8dd2fdf4|46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4|0|0|638259711304252832|Unknown|TWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0=|3000|||&sdata=89mLkxSjdSdmchD7SB7wQB2R5VuaeBHPKaVdROWISKE=&reserved=0 DelDOT Gateway]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Many sources of information are available to assist the project team in assessing DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. In general, projects that are developed by staff internal to DelDOT will obtain the necessary existing right-of-way source documents through the use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Initial Project Research Request Memo] which is further described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.4 Property Rights Research|Section 3.7.4]], while projects developed under professional service agreements are responsible for performing their own research to establish the existing right-of-way. While DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] provides a comprehensive discussion of the source documents available to assist in researching DelDOT’s existing right-of-way, the most common source documents are highlighted below:
                             DelDOT’s Division of Planning maintains a web-based mapping application entitled [https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https://stateofdelaware.sharepoint.com/sites/DelDOTPlanning/SitePages/DelDOTGateway.aspx&data=05|01|mnauman@gpinet.com|baf8b6845f9b451762f408db8dd2fdf4|46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4|0|0|638259711304252832|Unknown|TWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0=|3000|||&sdata=89mLkxSjdSdmchD7SB7wQB2R5VuaeBHPKaVdROWISKE=&reserved=0 DelDOT Gateway] which is hosted on the ArcGIS Online cloud platform and available through the DelDOT intranet. The Gateway application consumes both DelDOT mapping services and other services originating from federal, state, and local governmental entities.As a result, DelDOT’s Gateway application includes a large amount of information that can be used throughout the project development process. DelDOT’s Gateway application is available online, for employees signed into the DelDOT intranet.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <h4>
                             <li><b>GIS database information</b> – Each county in Delaware maintains its own GIS database with parcels within the jurisdiction mapped. These GIS databases are consumed into [https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstateofdelaware.sharepoint.com%2Fsites%2FDelDOTPlanning%2FSitePages%2FDelDOTGateway.aspx&data=05%7C01%7Cmnauman%40gpinet.com%7Cbaf8b6845f9b451762f408db8dd2fdf4%7C46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4%7C0%7C0%7C638259711304252832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&sdata=89mLkxSjdSdmchD7SB7wQB2R5VuaeBHPKaVdROWISKE%3D&reserved=0 DelDOT Gateway] which is DelDOT’s primary GIS database. [https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fstateofdelaware.sharepoint.com%2Fsites%2FDelDOTPlanning%2FSitePages%2FDelDOTGateway.aspx&data=05%7C01%7Cmnauman%40gpinet.com%7Cbaf8b6845f9b451762f408db8dd2fdf4%7C46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4%7C0%7C0%7C638259711304252832%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&sdata=89mLkxSjdSdmchD7SB7wQB2R5VuaeBHPKaVdROWISKE%3D&reserved=0 DelDOT Gateway] is more fully discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.1.1 DelDOT Gateway|Section 3.7.1.1]]. Information from this source is most applicable for high-level preliminary investigation and should be verified by other source documents.</li>
                             3.7.1.2 NPDES Viewer
                            <li><b>DelDOT’s Roadway Maintenance Inventory</b> – Listed by maintenance road number, this database provides basic information about roadways maintained by DelDOT at the time the inventory was performed. Reliance on this data is most applicable to routine maintenance and repair work in rural areas where other forms of existing right-of-way documentation are limited.</li>
                         </h4>
                            <li><b>Historic plans</b> – Historic construction and right-of-way plans are available from a variety of sources including DelDOT Gateway. [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/searching_archive_plans_on_gateway_instructions.pdf Instructions] for obtaining historic plans through DelDOT Gateway have also been developed. DelDOT Gateway is more fully discussed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.1.1 DelDOT Gateway|Section 3.7.1.1]]. Reliance on DelDOT archived plans to determine the existing right-of-way is most applicable where physical features shown on the archived plans still exist and can be found in the field. Historic plans are also available through DelDOT’s Online Archive, DelDOT’s Records Center, and the State of Delaware archives. Except for routine maintenance work, should utilize DelDOT historic plans as a starting point.</li>
                            <li><b>Plats</b> – Some parcels have existing plats that can be referenced to assist in establishing the existing right-of-way. Examples of plats that can be used to assess DelDOT’s existing right-of-way include boundary surveys, minor or major subdivisions of land, site plans, and microfilms. These source documents are helpful in finding dedications and reservations that may have taken place during the land development process. Reliance on this information is most applicable where physical features shown on the plans still exist and can be found in the field. Caution must be used to verify the recorded plan has not expired.</li>
                            <li><b>Recorded deeds</b> – Each county government in Delaware maintains recorded deeds for their jurisdiction. Deeds identify the current owner of lands adjacent to DelDOT’s right-of-way, provides a description of the parcel boundary, and the location and type of property corners. This information can help locate field evidence, such as property corners that may provide evidence of the existing right-of-way limits. DelDOT also maintains as-acquired deeds from previous projects that can be used as source documents in the right-of-way mosaic creation and verification process. The information contained within as-acquired deeds supersedes any discrepancies discovered between the as-acquired deed and the historic plans as the as-acquired deed contains the limits of the land rights that were actually purchased.</li>
                            <li><b>Will records</b> – Property rights are occasionally transferred through will records.</li>
                         </ul>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
Line 1,591: Line 1,094:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Programs/stormwater/index.shtml?dc=mapviewer DelDOT NPDES Viewer]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Once obtained, the source documents used to establish the existing right-of-way should be added to the Project’s 280_Existing_Property_Rights folder using the file naming convention described in Chapter II, Section A.5 of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].
                             DelDOT’s Division of Maintenance and Operations maintains an extensive GIS database entitled [https://deldot.gov/Programs/stormwater/index.shtml?dc=mapviewer DelDOT NPDES Viewer] which details various drainage and stormwater management facilities in the State. In addition to the GIS Database, DelDOT also maintains a user guide, a troubleshooting guide, and detailed login instructions for the program.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.1.2 Common Existing Land Rights and Restriction Types
                             3.7.1.3 DNREC Stormwater Assessment Study GIS
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The project team will encounter many different types of land rights and restrictions as part of their existing right-of-way research. DelDOT’s procedures and preferences for displaying these land rights and restrictions in the existing right-of-way mosaic is included in the [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] and in [[Chapter 6 - Chapter 6 Contract Compilation#6.4 Plan Development Guidance|Section 6.4]]. A description of the most common land right types and restrictions that the project team will encounter are summarized below:
                             The Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC) maintains a GIS database entitled [https://dnrec.maps.arcgis.com/apps/webappviewer/index.html?id=04fd9c3ded92443fa82b50c3aa459cd0 Stormwater Assessment Study GIS]. This GIS database includes existing site information related to stormwater management feasibility and is therefore, a very valuable tool when performing stormwater management designs which are discussed in more detail in Section 4.8.  
                        </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li><b>Fee Simple</b> – This is the greatest possible interest in land. Fee simple land rights are typically called “FEE” and within DelDOT are typically referred to as right-of-way. A fee simple interest in land may be owned by DelDOT or other entity.</li>
                            <li><b>Easement</b> – A legal right to use land for a specific limited purpose while the legal title of the land remains the underlying landowner’s. Easements may be owned by DelDOT or other entity. Easements can either be permanent or temporary and can convey numerous different rights. Additional information on easements is included in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]. A specific type of easement that the project team should be aware of are tax ditch easements due to the coordination process required through the Team Support section. The coordination process is described in the DelDOT Right-of-Way Engineering Manual.</li>
                            <li><b>Right-of-way by permanent easement</b> – Land rights that DelDOT owns through a perpetual easement in which the underlying fee simple ownership has not been changed. Mechanisms which have allowed DelDOT to acquire land through right-of-way by permanent easement include King’s Roads and Highways, Statute Law, 20-year Law, and Dirt Road Easements. Right-of-way by permanent easement is further defined in the DelDOT [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].</li>
                            <li><b>Right-of-way dedications</b> – Land that is granted to DelDOT as either fee simple or a lesser property interest depending on the language of the dedication. Right-of-way dedications are typically made during the development coordination process. Dedications that are made through recorded plats should be treated as a permanent easement where the existing owner maintains the existing fee interest unless the dedication specifies the dedication as a fee simple dedication. Dedications made through a recorded deed are assumed to be dedicated to DelDOT as fee simple dedications.</li>
                            <li><b>Right-of-way reservation</b> – A commitment by DelDOT for future property rights acquisition, in exchange for an agreement by the owner to refrain from further developing the property within the reserved area. Right-of-way reservations typically occur through the development coordination process.</li>
                            <li><b>Denial of access</b> – DelDOT can prohibit access to a state-maintained roadway through placement of a denial of access along a boundary line. DelDOT is permitted to restrict access to state-maintained highways in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. § 146].</li>
                        </ul>
                        <p>
                            A more comprehensive discussion on the land rights and restrictions that the project team may encounter is included within DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.1.3 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Creation
                             3.7.1.4 Watershed Resources Registry (WRR)
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <!--<table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            Once the existing right-of-way source documents are obtained, an existing right-of-way mosaic showing all existing property rights along a project corridor can be created commensurate with the project’s tier described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Creation|Section 5.5.1]]. The existing right-of-way mosaic should include the existing right-of-way baseline, DelDOT right-of-way, parcels, easements, access restrictions, and other property interests within the project limits. Mosaics are to be constructed by utilizing interior angles between bearings and not constructed from the bearing directions themselves. The reason being that magnetic north changes over time in what is called magnetic declination.
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                        </p>
                            <tr>
                        <p>
                             <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                             Utilization of monumentation is critical to properly establish the existing right-of-way mosaic. Monumentation is primarily set to establish existing property corners and existing roadway right-of-way baselines but can be used for various other purposes as well. Accordingly, monuments assist in both establishing the existing the right-of-way baseline and adjacent property sidelines. Ideally, initial research regarding the existence and location of monuments is performed prior to performance of a project’s topographic field survey and provided to the field surveyors so that the maximum monumentation can be recovered in the field. It is important to note that monumentation that is included in the project’s source documents may not have been set in field for a variety of reasons or may have been removed or otherwise disturbed in the field, therefore not all monuments noted in the source documents may be recoverable. While monumentation should take priority, the location of concrete curbs, concrete roadways, fences, and other relevant field evidence can be useful in establishing the existing right-of-way mosaic as well.
                            </tr>
                         </p>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://watershedresourcesregistry.org/map/?config=stateConfigs/delaware.json Watershed Resources Registry]</td>
                            </tr>
                         </table>-->
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
Line 1,629: Line 1,124:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/Existing_ROW_Mosaic_Creation_-_RW2201 RW2201: Existing ROW Mosaic Creation]</td>
                                 <td>[https://nam12.safelinks.protection.outlook.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwatershedresourcesregistry.org%2Fmap%2F%3Fconfig%3DstateConfigs%2Fdelaware.json&data=05%7C01%7Cbbenton%40gpinet.com%7C6f3997f6dcc64434483908db8d1859bc%7C46fdd3b402d24121a5621f51ee5848b4%7C0%7C0%7C638258907959856036%7CUnknown%7CTWFpbGZsb3d8eyJWIjoiMC4wLjAwMDAiLCJQIjoiV2luMzIiLCJBTiI6Ik1haWwiLCJXVCI6Mn0%3D%7C3000%7C%7C%7C&sdata=R%2B3M426AUbPshj9nHj4opBStIRv7twH%2FU%2Bkw2%2BxlnM0%3D&reserved=0 Watershed Resources Registry]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             All discrepancies discovered through the mosaic creation process should be resolved in accordance with [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.4 Resolve Discrepancies|Section 5.5.1.3.4]] and documented in accordance with [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.5 Document Mosaic Creation Process|Section 5.5.1.3.5]]. The process for creating the mosaic through OpenRoads Designer is described in [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/Existing_ROW_Mosaic_Creation_-_RW2201 RW2201] entitled <u><i>Existing ROW Mosaic Creation</i></u>.
                             The [https://watershedresourcesregistry.org/map/?config=stateConfigs/delaware.json Watershed Resources Registry] (WRR) is a state-specific, preservation and restoration model displayed on an interactive online mapping tool that also features a large number of high-quality datasets for regulatory and other environmental planning goals. This GIS database includes existing mapped wetland information as well as potential restoration and preservation sites which are ranked on a scale of one to five stars, making it a very valuable tool when assessing potential wetland impacts and mitigation sites early in the project development process.  
                        </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.1.3.1 Existing Right-of-Way Baseline Creation
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    The first step in the right-of-way mosaic creation process is establishing the existing right-of-way baseline as all other existing property rights will typically be based off this feature. This task is usually accomplished by recreating the right-of-way baselines from the most recent archived plans. However, in some instances, right-of-way baselines outside of those contained in the most recent archived plans will need to be researched and recreated to establish the full extent of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. The process for recreating existing right-of-way baselines is as follows:
                                </p>
                                <ol>
                                    <li>Reconstruct the existing right-of-way baseline geometry and stationing.</li>
                                    <li>Review the archive plans for monumentation found during the topographic field survey for precise offset and alignment information. If only one precise offset and station is provided, then the baseline will only need to be rotated about the provided station and offset and not shifted. Shifting and rotating is not typically required if more than one precise offset and station is provided as the baseline will be held by multiple monuments.</li>
                                    <li>If no precise offset and station information is provided, the baseline will need to be rotated and/or shifted to obtain a best fit with the found monumentation and other evidence along the corridor. When this step is required, the design team will need to determine the appropriate offset width for each monument along the corridor to ensure accuracy. It is also good practice to reference the most recent aerial photography into the mosaic as a general guide in the placement and rotation of the baseline.</li>
                                </ol>
                                <p>
                                    It is noted that for roadways that only have dirt road projects as archived plans, the right-of-way baseline should be established as a best fit of found improvements called for in the archived plans, the centerline of the road as originally constructed and acquisition deeds prior to any improvements, including curves wherever necessary. The stationing from the dirt road projects should not be used (typically given in miles, not feet). Note, permanent easements for dirt road projects only provide the offset from the centerline and the adjoining owners. Daylight easements are usually separate deeds. None of these documents typically include full descriptions of the acquisitions.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.1.3.2 Existing Boundary Line Creation
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Boundary lines can be established once the existing right-of-way baseline has been set. For purposes of this manual, boundary lines are further categorized into frontage, sideline, government, easement, dedication, and reservation. Guidance for creating each of these boundary lines are provided in the order in which they are typically created.
                                </p>
                                    <div class="tab"> <!--h6-->
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.2.1 Frontage Boundary Lines
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The first boundary line that can be set is the frontage along the right-of-way baseline. This boundary line is set based on the archived plans and then confirmed with the deeds and plats along the corridor. The frontage boundary is typically an even offset from the existing right-of-way baseline and can therefore be created by paralleling the existing right-of-way baseline to the dimension specified in the pertinent existing right-of-way source document.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.2.2 Parcel Sideline Boundary Lines
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            Once the frontage is established, the parcel sideline boundaries can be set so that areas can be determined for compensation when required within the project’s scope. Before starting this task, the design team should assess the existing monumentation and right-of-way baseline to decide the appropriate location to begin creating the parcel sidelines. Locations that are ideal starting points are either at found property corners which are called out in the existing right-of-way source documents or at beginning or end points of curvature in the existing right-of-way baseline. Parcel boundaries are established through the following process:
                                        </p>
                                        <ol>
                                            <li>Plot the entire parcel limits based upon the interior angles included in the existing right-of-way source document.</li>
                                            <li>Assess any closure errors in the existing parcel. If the closure errors are minor, force the closure errors to the back of the parcel and note the errors as described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.4 Resolve Discrepancies|Section 5.5.1.3.4]]. If the closure errors are more than minor, additional research should be performed to determine if an error exists in the existing right-of-way source document. This could entail researching prior deeds or evaluating the deed’s bearings and distances for errors.</li>
                                            <li>Once the parcel is determined to be satisfactorily plotted, it can be rotated and fit into the existing right-of-way mosaic.</li>
                                            <li>Periodically assess the existing right-of-way mosaic to determine if any shifts or rotations to the existing right-of-way baseline should be incorporated to better fit the found monumentation.</li>
                                        </ol>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.2.3 Government Boundary Lines
                                        </h6>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <p>
                                            Relevant government boundary lines including hundred, town, county, and state, should be included in the existing right-of-way mosaic. Information on the presence of government boundary lines should also be included in the project’s right-of-way plans as described within DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.2.4 Easement, Dedication, and Reservation Boundary Lines
                                        </h6>
                                        <p>
                                            The existing right-of-way source documents should be reviewed for the presence and associated boundaries of any existing easements, dedications, reservations, or other restrictions. These features are to be included in the existing mosaic to assist in the acquisition process. Including these features into the mosaic is usually performed last in the existing right-of-way mosaic creation process as they are typically offset from features created in previous steps or from physical features like a utility line or stormwater management facility.
                                        </p>
                                        <p>
                                            The design team should also pay special attention to the presence of any blanket easements that may exist on a property. Blanket easements provide blanket access to the entire property and are typically included in the notes of recorded plats or in the written description in deeds. The presence of blanket easements is to be noted in the existing right-of-way mosaic.
                                        </p>
                                    </div>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.1.3.3 Ownership Verification
                                </h5>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/chain_of_title.xlsx Chain of Title Tracking]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_chain_of_title.pdf Sample Chain of Title Tracking]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    Ownership of parcels and existing easements is to be researched and then documented during the existing right-of-way mosaic creation process. When needed, the design team can utilize DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/chain_of_title.xlsx chain of title tracking] spreadsheet to assist in tracking and verifying ownership information. DelDOT also maintains a [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_chain_of_title.pdf sample chain of title tracking] spreadsheet online for reference as well.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.1.3.4 Resolve Discrepancies
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    Discrepancies between the existing right-of-way source documents will most likely be discovered while creating the existing right-of-way mosaic. The design team should work to resolve these discrepancies by performing additional research and through use of judgement. When deemed necessary, the design team can engage DelDOT’s subject matter experts for guidance and to reach consensus on discovered discrepancies prior to a formal submission. The resolution to all discrepancies discovered will need to be documented in accordance with [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.5 Document Mosaic Creation Process|Section 5.5.1.3.5]]. Discrepancies that may be encountered as part of the existing right-of-way creation process could include the following:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>Inaccurate bearings and distances in the existing right-of-way source documents,</li>
                                    <li>Closure errors in deeds and plats,</li>
                                    <li>Gaps and/or overlap in deeds and plats, and</li>
                                    <li>Inaccurate monumentation.</li>
                                </ul>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.1.3.5 Document Mosaic Creation Process
                                </h5>
                                <p>
                                    DelDOT requires that the process used to establish the existing mosaic be documented for review purposes as well as to create an archivable record on how the mosaic was created. The format of the documentation required is based on whether the project was developed by staff internal to DelDOT (see [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.5.1 Projects Developed by Staff Internal to DelDOT|Section 5.5.1.3.5.1]]) or by staff working under a professional services agreement (see [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.1.3.5.2 Projects Developed Under a Professional Services Agreement|Section 5.5.1.3.5.2]]). The documentation at a minimum should include the following:                               
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>The relevant contract number(s) that were utilized to establish all existing right-of-way baselines for the current contract.</li>
                                    <li>The relevant found monumentation utilized in establishing the existing right-of-way baselines in the current contract. References are to be made to the general vicinity of the found monumentation to simplify the review process.</li>
                                    <li>A list and description of the discrepancies discovered in the existing right-of-way mosaic source documents and their associated resolutions.</li>
                                    <li>A list of all other adjustments or layout decisions that were made to establish the existing right-of-way mosaic. This could include junior/senior rights as parcels were subdivided from the main parcel of interest.</li>
                                </ul>
                                    <div class="tab"> <!--h6-->
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.5.1 Projects Developed by Staff Internal to DelDOT
                                        </h6>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/best_practices_for_documenting_the_establishment_of_existing_rw_baselines_and_mosaic.pdf Best Practices for Documenting the Existing Right-of-Way Baselines and Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <p>
                                            Projects that are developed by staff internal to DelDOT are to follow DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/best_practices_for_documenting_the_establishment_of_existing_rw_baselines_and_mosaic.pdf Best Practices for Documenting the Existing Right-of-Way Baselines and Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic] guidelines. These guidelines require that the necessary documentation be placed directly into the project’s RW DGN file.
                                        </p>
                                        <h6>
                                            5.5.1.3.5.2 Projects Developed Under a Professional Services Agreement
                                        </h6>
                                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                            <tr>
                                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/survey_report_guidance.pdf Survey Report]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_survey_report_with_guidance.pdf Sample Survey Report]</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </table>
                                        <p>
                                            Projects that are developed under a professional services agreement are to create a Survey Report. Additional [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/survey_report_guidance.pdf Survey Report] guidance and a [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_survey_report_with_guidance.pdf sample survey report] are provided for reference. The Survey Report should include all pertinent background information on how the existing right-of-way mosaic was established including detailed notes written during the creation of the right-of-way mosaic. In addition to the documentation requirements presented in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Managementy#5.5.1.3.5.1 Projects Developed by Staff Internal to DelDOT|Section 5.5.1.3.5.1]], Survey Reports are to include a discussion of each easement found on each parcel.
                                        </p>
                                    </div>
                            </div>
                        <h3>
                            5.5.2 Determination of Property Rights to be Acquired
                        </h3>
                        <p>
                            Once the existing right-of-way mosaic is established, the proposed work can be assessed in comparison to DelDOT’s existing rights to determine the land rights DelDOT will need to acquire to build and then maintain the project. [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del C § 137] of the Delaware Code allows DelDOT to acquire land rights ranging from fee simple absolute to lesser interest as DelDOT deems appropriate. Care is to be taken during the project development process to minimize the amount of acquisition required as much as practical. This section outlines the typical land rights that DelDOT will acquire as part of its project development process and guidance on appropriate usage and considerations.
                        </p>
                        <p>
                            All acquisition areas must be justified with the need included within the contract plans. The need is typically represented graphically but may be accomplished through use of notes if the need for the acquisition needs clarification.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <!-- Clear floats to prevent the table from affecting the following section -->
                        <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                        <h4>
                            3.7.1.5 Flood Planning Tool
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             It is recommended that the project team coordinate with the affected property owners through the project development process to understand owner concerns and incorporate remedies to those concerns. However, not all concerns may be able to be fully addressed before acquisition commences which may then require subsequent revisions. Additional information about supporting the acquisition process is contained in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.5 Acquisition Support and Right-of-Way Certification|Section 5.5.5]].
                             DNREC maintains a flood planning tool that can be used for preliminary hydraulic analysis. The GIS database is provided at the following link: https://floodplanning.dnrec.delaware.gov/
                         </p>
                         </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                        <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                                <h4>
                    </div> <!--end of h4-->
                                    5.5.2.1 Fee Simple Right-of-Way
                                </h4>
                                <p>
                                    Fee simple right-of-way is the greatest possible interest in land that DelDOT can acquire. In DelDOT, fee simple right-of-way is typically referred to as “right-of-way”. A project’s proposed right-of-way should include all land needed for features such as roadways, bridge related structures, utilities, sidewalk, traffic equipment, ITMS, lighting, drainage, stormwater facilities, guardrail, landscaping, etc. Access to all features of the improvements should also be considered as part of the fee simple right-of-way to allow safe access for construction and maintenance of the facilities.
                                </p>
                                <h4>
                                    5.5.2.2 Permanent Easement
                                </h4>
                                <p>
                                    Though right-of-way acquisition is generally preferable to an acquisition of a permanent easement, there may be times where DelDOT will acquire the necessary land rights as a permanent easement (PE) instead. A permanent easement provides DelDOT certain rights to the land, as described in the permanent easement agreement, while the property owner retains the underlying fee simple ownership of the land. DelDOT’s standard permanent easement agreement provides the rights to install and maintain the transportation related improvements within the permanent easement and includes restrictions on what the owner of the underlying land may do within the permanent easement. Examples of typical facilities placed in a proposed permanent easement includes drainage facilities, a guy wire for a utility pole, an access road to a utility, or to provide access for equipment to make future bridge repairs, inspections, or maintenance. Though not preferrable, a permanent easement can be used in place of DelDOT’s typical right-of-way acquisition in cases where the property owner would like to retain the underlying ownership rights. Reasons an existing landowner may want to maintain existing land rights include the following:
                                </p>
                                <ul>
                                    <li>Zoning regulations are typically based on parcel size. In some cases, selling the land as fee simple right-of-way would limit the future development potential of a parcel.</li>
                                    <li>Set-back distances are typically defined from the right-of-way line by local land use agencies. In these cases, selling the land as fee simple right-of-way would limit future expansion on the parcel.</li>
                                    <li>The landowner is permitted to sell the underlying land in the future.</li>
                                </ul>
                                <p>
                                    Though rare, DelDOT may acquire aerial easements for above ground utilities or for canopies of structures where it is beneficial to accommodate commercial parking or other site improvements below the aerial line. As their name implies, aerial easements only provide the right to construct maintain, repair, and replace overhead facilities and does not provide rights to maintain any non-aerial facilities. Concurrence with DelDOT’s Utility, Team Support, and Right-of-Way sections is required prior to obtaining an aerial easement.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    Existing permanent easement areas which will be affected by a project should be researched to verify the rights that DelDOT owns to ensure its intended use is covered by the existing easement. For example, the recorded document for the permanent easement could limit the use of the area specifically to drainage. If the area is needed for other uses, such as utilities, sidewalk, etc., then the permanent easement agreement must be amended in a new recorded document to expand DelDOT’s rights to include all required uses.
                                </p>
                                <p>
                                    It is also DelDOT’s preference to acquire through permanent easement any grading areas steeper than 3:1 within the project which would otherwise be outside of DelDOT’s proposed permanent access. Acquisition of a permanent easement will enable the owner to retain ownership of the land but will allow DelDOT to maintain the slope as needed.
                                </p>
                                <h4>
                                    5.5.2.3 Temporary Construction Easement
                                </h4>
                                <p>
                                    A temporary construction easement (TCE) is an agreement granting temporary use of an area on a private property for access, grading, etc. The temporary construction easement provides the working room for the contractor to complete the work. The agreement is effective for the duration cited in the temporary construction easement agreement. Proposed DelDOT grading that is steeper than 3:1 should be acquired as a permanent easement as described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.2.2 Permanent Easement|Section 5.5.2.2]].
                                </p>
                                <h4>
                                    5.5.2.4 Right to Enter
                                </h4>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    Delaware code provides DelDOT the right to enter onto private property to maintain, repair, or reconstruct to current standards an existing publicly financed transportation asset. This authority is referred to as a Right to Enter (RTE). The use of DelDOT’s authority is made on a case-by-case basis considering the scope of the project with concurrence from the DelDOT Chief of Right-of-Way. The Right to Enter authority does not apply to new facilities. Additional information, considerations, and procedures associated with using DelDOT’s Right to Enter authority is included in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].
                                </p>
                                <h4>
                                    5.5.2.5 Denial of Access
                                </h4>
                                <p>
                                    DelDOT is permitted to prohibit access to a state-maintained roadway through placement of a denial of access along a boundary line in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del. C. § 146]. The Federal Highway Administration has jurisdiction over denial of access to the Interstate system and controlled access roads built with federal funds in accordance with FHWA’s [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/fraccess.cfm Interstate Access Policy]. Collaboration is required through DelDOT’s Traffic Engineering and Development Coordination sections when the design team determines that a denial of access should be considered to improve traffic operations and traffic safety within the scope of a project.
                                </p>
                            </div>
                    </div>
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.5.3 Determine Proposed Right-of-Way Monumentation
                     3.7.2 Topographic Field Survey
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                 <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,855: Line 1,149:
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                     <tr>
                     <tr>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                         <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/survey_memo.pdf Survey and GPS Control Request Form]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    Monumentation locations are established after the existing mosaic and required property rights are determined. Monumentation aids in future establishment of the right-of-way corridor. DelDOT’s Right-of-Way Engineering Manual contains DelDOT’s practices for setting monumentation.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    5.5.4 Right-of-Way Approval Process
                </h3>
                <p>
                    In accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title17/c001/sc03/index.html 17 Del C § 137], DelDOT projects must obtain final right-of-way approval before acquisitions can take place unless advanced acquisitions are performed. DelDOT uses a standard review and approval process as described in this section to ensure accuracy and that the land needed for a project is justified based on engineering need.
                </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/rw_plan_submission_checklist.pdf Right-of-Way Plan Submission Checklist]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/plan_submission_checklist.pdf?cache=1716459940252 Construction Plan Submission Checklist]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/top-comments.pdf Top Comments]</td>
                     </tr>
                     </tr>
                 </table>
                 </table>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     Existing right-of-way disposition and proposed right-of-way needs can either be captured as a standalone right-of-way plan set, within standalone right-of-way plat(s), or as right-of-way plans included as part of the construction plan set. Additional information on these formats is contained in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] and in [[Chapter 6 - Contract Compilation#6.4 Plan Development Guidance|Section 6.4]]. The timing of these deliverables within the project development process and the information to be included to obtain right-of-way approval are documented in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/rw_plan_submission_checklist.pdf Right-of-Way Plan Submission Checklist] and DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/plan_submission_checklist.pdf?cache=1716459940252 Construction Plan Submission Checklist]. DelDOT provides a list of the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/top-comments.pdf top comments] it makes during the right-of-way approval process for the design team’s reference.
                     Topographic field survey data serves as the foundational information in which all proposed project elements are designed from and existing rights-of-way determined. Accordingly, setting a project’s survey limits, survey density, and survey control is of extreme importance and usually performed during the project initiation phase. Collecting the topographic field survey data during the project initiation phase allows the project team to concurrently scope the project and develop alternatives while the survey data is being collected and processed. Topographic field surveys can either be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement or can be performed by DelDOT’s in-house Survey section. In general, designs performed by in-house DelDOT staff are surveyed by DelDOT’s Survey section while designs performed by an external Engineer of Record are performed by that entity under the design project’s professional services agreement. All geodetic control established is to be set by DelDOT regardless of the entity conducting the topographic field survey. Survey and/ or geodetic control can be requested from DelDOT’s Survey section through use of the [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/survey_memo.pdf Survey and GPS Control Request] Form.  
                </p>
                <p>
                    The review and approval period can be divided into existing right-of-way mosaic verification described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.4.1 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Verification|Section 5.5.4.1]] and proposed right-of-way verification described in [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.4.2 Proposed Right-of-Way Verification|Section 5.5.4.2]]. DelDOT’s Team Support section oversees the right-of-way review and approval process.
                 </p>
                 </p>
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                     <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.4.1 Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Verification
                             3.7.2.1 Survey Standards
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,901: Line 1,165:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/rw_concurrence_meeting_1.pdf Existing Right-of-Way Concurrence Meeting]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/zip-files/survey/carlson_data_collector_feature_code_list.zip Carlson Data Collector Feature Code List]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/existing_rw_verification_process.pdf Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Verification Process]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/survey/deldot_survey_guidebook_drc_full.pdf?cache=1690050122393 Survey Guidebook]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The Project Manager is to coordinate with the Team Support section to add the project to DelDOT’s recurring Right-of-Way Concurrence Meeting upon completion of the Survey Plan review period. Typical discussion items as well material required to be provided to the Team Support section ahead of this meeting are included in DelDOT’s standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/rw_concurrence_meeting_1.pdf Existing Right-of-Way Concurrence Meeting] agenda. The purpose of this first concurrence meeting is to focus on the establishment of the right-of-way baseline, right-of-way mosaic, project schedule, and other significant findings ahead of further project development activities. An overview of this process is provided in a flowchart outlining DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/existing_rw_verification_process.pdf Existing Right-of-Way Mosaic Verification Process].
                             Field surveys performed by DelDOT or by entities working on behalf of DelDOT are to follow the surveying standards established by this subsection unless approved otherwise by the DelDOT Project Manager in writing. All survey data is to be collected with Carlson data collectors and processed and delivered on a DelDOT supported CADD software program. DelDOT’s supported CADD software programs are described in more detail in Section 6.4. DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/zip-files/survey/carlson_data_collector_feature_code_list.zip Carlson Data Collector Feature Code List] is available for download and additional data collector Feature Code Lists are available upon request from DelDOT. All field work is to be performed in accordance with DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/survey/deldot_survey_guidebook_drc_full.pdf?cache=1690050122393 Survey Guidebook].  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                        <h4>
                            5.5.4.2 Proposed Right-of-Way Verification
                        </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Once the Semi-Final Right-of-Way Plan review is complete, the Project Manager will coordinate with the Team Support section to add the project to DelDOT’s recurring Right-of-Way Concurrence Meeting. Typical discussion items and material required to facilitate discussion at this meeting are included in DelDOT’s standard [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/rw_concurrence_meeting_2.pdf Semi-Final Plan Review Concurrence Meeting] agenda. The Semi-Final Plan Review Concurrence meeting is focused on the acquisitions associated with the project.
                             DelDOT utilizes the survey classifications and accuracy standards that have been established by the Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee (FGDS), with modifications as documented in Table 3.7.2.1a and Table 3.7.2.1b.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" cellspacing="0" width="80%">
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.7.2.1a – Terrain Data Surveys and Construction Stakeout Surveys Standards</caption>
                            <tr>
                              <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;color:white;background-color:navy"><b>Terrain Data
                                Surveys and Construction Stakeout Surveys</b></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: center;"><b>Element</b></td>
                              <td style="text-align: center;"><b>Requirement</b></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Linear / Proportional Horizontal
                                Accuracy</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">C3 Order, 1:10,000</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Linear / Proportional Vertical Accuracy</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Maximum Misclosure e = 0.05 ft. √D where e = hundredths of a foot and D = distance in miles
                                </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Surveying Method:</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Total Station Positioning System, radial side shots from Secondary Project Control. All data is captured in observational mode.</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Required Datum Systems: </td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Horizontal = NAD83; Vertical = NAVD88; GPS = Model 12B Geoid or most current model.</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" cellspacing="0" width="80%">
                             <caption style="caption-side:top;font-size: 12px;text-align: middle;">Table 3.7.2.1b –Right-of-Way Mapping Standards</caption>
                            <tr>
                              <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;color:white;background-color:navy"><b>Right-of-Way Mapping</b></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: center;"><b>Element</b></td>
                              <td style="text-align: center;"><b>Requirement</b></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Linear / Proportional Horizontal
                                Accuracy</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">C3 Order, 1:10,000</td>
                            </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Linear / Proportional Vertical Accuracy</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">N/A</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/rw_concurrence_meeting_2.pdf Semi-Final Plan Review Concurrence Meeting]</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Surveying Method:</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Total Station Positioning System, radial side shots from Secondary Project Control. All data is captured in observational mode.</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Final Right-of-Way Memo]</td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Required Datum Systems: </td>
                              <td style="text-align: left;">Horizontal = NAD83; Vertical = NAVD88; GPS = Model 12B Geoid or most current model.</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Once the comments from the Semi-Final Plan review and concurrence meeting are addressed, the design team can submit Revised Semi-Final Right-of-Way plans. The design team is to verify current parcel ownership and any boundary changes or outsales within two weeks prior to the revised submission and include documentation and a discussion for any changes. This submission should also include updated construction plans and updated parcel impact forms (see [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.5.1.1 Parcel Impact Forms|Section 5.5.5.1.1]]) and property descriptions (see [[Chapter 5 - Stakeholder Management#5.5.5.1.2 Property Description|Section 5.5.5.1.2]]). The design team is also encouraged to submit a draft [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Final Right-of-Way Memo] with this submission so its technical contents can be reviewed concurrently with the rest of the submission. The Team Support section will review the submission and provide comments for the design team to address. The Revised Semi-Final Right-of-Way plans submission and review period will repeat until all comments have been sufficiently addressed.
                             DelDOT requires that the following deliverables be provided for every survey file submission:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <p>
                         <ul>
                             After all comments from the Team Support section have been addressed, the right-of-way plans are considered Final. At this point the design team is to complete the Right-of-Way QC/QA Standard Certification Memo described in [[Chapter 6 - Contract Compilation#6.6 Quality Control and Quality Assurance|Section 6.6]]. Once the memo is complete, the design team is to sign and seal the right-of-way plans and submit all final deliverables with all previous revisions included to the Team Support section. The Team Support section will forward these deliverables to the Right-of-Way section to begin the acquisition process.  
                             <li>
                        </p>
                                <b>DGN fieldbook and terrain file</b> – This file contains the final adjusted survey data for the project. The terrain is auto generated from the data stored within the fieldbook. The data contained in this file is stored in an observational mode format. If translation is required to create this file, then all supporting files need to be included to show that original survey data was collected in an observational mode. The DelDOT Project Manager may request the unadjusted RAW data file when determined necessary by the DelDOT Project Manager.
                    </div>
                            </li>
            </div>
                            <li>
                <h3>
                                <b>DGN graphics file</b> – This file contains the graphics that are exported from the final adjusted survey DGN file. This file is to be provided in a 3D format.
                    5.5.5 Acquisition Support and Right-of-Way Certification
                            </li>
                </h3>
                        </ul>
                <p>
                        <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                    In Delaware, acquisitions are permitted to commence once final right-of-way approval is obtained; however, no federal funds can be used before NEPA is approved. All acquisitions performed using federal funds must be done in compliance with the Uniform Act and its implementing regulations contained in [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-710/subpart-E 49 CFR 24]. Additionally, each State Department of Transportation is required to maintain a Right-of-Way Manual detailing their acquisition process in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-H/part-710/subpart-E 23 CFR 710]. The acquisition process concludes once all required land rights required to construct and maintain the project have been acquired. The design team will act in a support role during the acquisition process. This section describes the support that the design team will provide ahead of and during the acquisition process.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.5.1 Support Documents
                             3.7.2.2 Other Surveying Methods
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
Line 1,952: Line 1,254:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/rw_plan_submission_checklist.pdf Right-of-Way Plan Submission Checklist]</td>
                                 <td>Policy Implement T-06: Unmanned Aircraft Operational Policy</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/plan_submission_checklist.pdf?cache=1716459940252 Construction Plan Submission Checklist]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             The design team will prepare several standard deliverables during the project development process and will be tasked with providing additional support as needed to DelDOT’s Right-of-Way section during the acquisition phase. All acquisition support documents are to be developed within the project development process as outlined in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/rw_plan_submission_checklist.pdf Right-of-Way Plan Submission Checklist] and DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/projectmanagement/plan_submission_checklist.pdf?cache=1716459940252 Construction Plan Submission Checklist] as applicable.
                             Surveying methods outside of those specified in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.2.1 Survey Standards|Section 3.7.2.1]] may be appropriate existing site investigation practices for certain applications. These other survey methods include, but are not limited to, the use of stationary scanners, GPS rovers, mobile scanners, or aerial surveying methods. Use of these other surveying methods may be conducted by DelDOT or by entities working on behalf of DelDOT when approved by the DelDOT Project Manager in writing. Considerations to employing these alternative survey methods include, but are not limited to, the following:
                        </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li>High traffic volumes or complicated traffic patterns making data collection difficult or hazardous,</li>
                            <li>Desired level of information accuracy which may vary based on the application,</li>
                            <li>Existing site size and terrain,</li>
                            <li>Difficulty associated with reaching certain areas via conventional methods, and</li>
                            <li>Non-planar or structural condition surveys.</li>
                        </ul>
                        <p>
                            The use of unmanned aircraft vehicles (UAVs) to perform surveying activities has become increasingly common. DelDOT’s current policy is to use UAVs to collect site photogrammetry for surveys performed by DelDOT’s in-house Survey section. The photogrammetry collected will produce aerial imagery and a site topography that should only be used for reference due to its limited accuracy compared to the other conventional surveying methods. All personnel contracted to fly UAVs for DelDOT will be responsible for their own aircraft procurement, insurance, maintenance, training, and pilot certification. All DelDOT personnel are subject to DelDOT Policy Implement T-06 entitled ''Unmanned Aircraft Operational Policy ''which establishes the procedures necessary to obtain approval to fly UAV missions for DelDOT. It is essential that UAVs operated by and for DelDOT be operated in a safe manner and adhere to all relevant Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and DelDOT regulations, policies, and operational procedures including the following these specific requirements:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                            <div class="tab"> <!--h5-->
                          <ul>
                                <h5>
                            <li>All UAV flights must utilize a “2-person rule” as the minimum at all times. The minimum “2-person rule” will consist of a remote Pilot in Command (PIC) and a Visual Observer. The Visual Observer is designated by the PIC to assist the PIC to see and avoid other air traffic or objects aloft or on the ground.</li>
                                    5.5.5.1.1 Parcel Impact Forms
                            <li>All UAV missions flying on a DelDOT project require a pre-flight plan to be filed with the Delaware Traffic Management Center (TMC) in advance of the mission. All UAV flight operations will call the TMC and provide a start time (10-8), with standard information conveyed such as crew members, location, purpose, anticipated end time, and actual end time (10-7).</li>
                                </h5>
                            <li>All UAV flights will be logged into a database immediately after the flight or at the end of the day for multiple flights in one day. Copies of the logged flights will be sent to the DelDOT UAS (Unmanned Aircraft System) Program Manager by the 3rd day of the month to allow the DelDOT UAS Program Manager to upload the required monthly data into the FAA website.</li>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                        </ul>
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                        <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/parcel_impact_form.pdf Parcel Impact Form]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    The [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/parcel_impact_form.pdf Parcel Impact Form] contains information that assists the Right-of-Way section in the review of right-of-way plans and with the appraisal and acquisition processes. The form is filled out for each parcel which requires acquisition. The form summarizes the acquisition required on the parcel as well as provides a description of any impacted item(s) on the parcel. Impacts during construction and for the final improvement conditions should both be described when applicable. Site features included within the acquisition limits that are not to be disturbed are to be listed on the Parcel Impact Form as well. Prior property owner meetings should also be noted and described. The timing of the need for any temporary construction easement should be noted on the form.
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.5.1.2 Property Description
                                </h5>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/Proposed_ROW_Acquisition_Creation_-_RW2202 RW2022: Proposed ROW Acquisition Creation]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/legal_description_instructions.pdf Legal Description Instructions]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    A property description which defines the boundaries of the acquisition is required for each proposed acquisition. The process for creating a Property Description Report is described in [https://caddwiki.deldot.gov/index.php/Proposed_ROW_Acquisition_Creation_-_RW2202 RW2022] entitled <u><i>Proposed ROW Acquisition Creation</i></u>
                                    . For projects developed by staff internal to DelDOT, the Property Description Report is submitted to the Team Support section in a format that can be edited. The Team Support section will send to the Acquisitions, Relocations and Settlements section to then create a Legal Description for the property. For staff working under a professional service agreement, the property description should be submitted in the format of a legal description. A legal description defines the boundary lines of lands, and the boundaries are described as metes and bounds. Metes are the bearing directions and distances from point to point along the boundary, while bounds are a more general description of where the metes are located, such as along the property line of adjacent lands/owner, a road right-of-way, a certain watercourse, or other physical feature. A description of any physical feature located at the start and/or end of a boundary line, and any features located in between, are included, such as a found concrete monument, capped iron pin set, etc. Instructions on converting the property description to be a legal description is included in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/legal_description_instructions.pdf Legal Description Instructions].
                                </p>
                                <h5>
                                    5.5.5.1.3 Additional Support Documents
                                </h5>
                                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                                    <tr>
                                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </table>
                                <p>
                                    Additional support documents that will require design team generation may be required throughout the appraisal and acquisition processes. These support documents are typically created to aid in understanding of a project’s potential impact. Additional information on potential additional support documents that may be required is included in DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual].
                                </p>
                            </div>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.5.2 Right-of-Way Stakeout
                             3.7.2.3 Pedestrian Connection Survey Considerations
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             It is commonly requested during the property acquisition process that the acquisition limits be staked. Staking the acquisition limits helps the property owner visualize a project’s potential effects. Right-of-Way stake out is performed through use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/survey_memo.pdf?cache=1717702471521 Survey and GPS Control Request] form.                      
                             Reconstruction of pedestrian connections to meet the accessibility standards on projects whose scopes would not traditionally require a topographic survey be performed is a fairly common occurrence. Whether a survey is required to design and construct a compliant pedestrian connection should be carefully considered by the design team during the project initiation phase. Projects whose scope requires a full topographic survey of the entire work limits and not just that of the improvement’s proposed pedestrian connections should follow the standards detailed in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.2.1 Survey Standards|Section 3.7.2.1]]. On linear projects, where a topographic survey of only the proposed pedestrian connection locations have been determined necessary, first consideration should be made to setting geodetic control and running a traverse and bench loop that encompasses the entire project area. When setting geodetic control and running a traverse and bench loop that encompasses the entire project area is infeasible, assumed coordinates may be used after discussion and written approval from the DelDOT Project Manager. When assumed coordinates are used, the contract must clearly state each location that used assumed coordinates. The assumed coordinate control points must be easily re-creatable and clearly described in the contract by providing a traverse point diagram with a minimum of three associated tie points. If a location is using assumed coordinates and it is determined that additional right-of-way will need to be acquired, it cannot be acquired using the assumed coordinates. [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title6/c055/index.html 6 Del. C § 5501] of the Delaware Code requires that all property information be recorded using NAD 83/91.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.5.3 Right-of-Way Revisions
                             3.7.2.4 Bridge Design Survey Considerations
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                        <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                            <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                            <tr>
                            <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/survey_memo.pdf Survey and GPS Control Request Form]</td>
                            </tr>
                        </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Occasionally, changes will need to be made to the final right-of-way plans based on property owner negotiations, design changes, or other reasons. The following changes made to the final right-of-way plans will require the processing of a revision:
                             Coordination between the design team and DelDOT’s Survey section is encouraged when topographic surveys are requested for in-house Bridge Design projects. The coordination could include, but not be limited to, the following elements:
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <ul>
                         <ul>
                             <li>
                             <li>A discussion of the need and feasibility to survey the entire flood plain, and other considerations, for the hydraulic analysis. Section 104.1 of the DelDOT [https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual] includes additional information regarding the extent of topographic surveys for purposes of hydraulic analysis.</li>
                                Changes to the plans that will affect the proposed metes and bounds of a proposed property acquisition.  
                            <li>A discussion of the locations and frequency of survey shots for railroad rails.</li>
                            </li>
                            <li>A discussion on the provided [https://www.deldot.gov/Business/drc/forms/survey_memo.pdf Survey and GPS Control Request] Form, particularly the required information under the ‘For Bridge Requests Only’ section.</li>
                            <li>
                            <li>A discussion of the extent and detail to which the structural elements will be surveyed.</li>
                                Changes to the plans that will affect the rights to be acquired during a proposed property acquisition.  
                            <li>Analyzing the requested survey area via in-person site visit and/or electronic means to establish the feasibility of certain shots due to existing topography and ground cover conditions.</li>
                            </li>
                        </ul> 
                         </ul>
                <h3>
                        <p>
                    3.7.3 Traffic Data and Functional Classification Designation
                            Plan revisions should be executed expeditiously so as not to delay a project’s acquisitions. As soon as it is determined that a right-of-way revision may be needed, both the Team Support section as well as the Acquisitions, Relocations, and Settlements section should be alerted to pending change. The design team should contact other potentially affected support sections as well.
                </h3>       
                         </p>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/xls/projectmanagement/deldot_travel_forecasting_request_form.xlsx Traffic Data / Functional Classification Request Form]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table> 
                <p>
                    Typically, existing and proposed future year traffic data is needed to quantify existing transportation challenges, the severity to which they may increase by the design year, and whether the proposed alternative(s) can address the transportation need. Identifying actively growing or changing land use areas is a key component in this process as land use changes can significantly impact future traffic volumes. As such, this information is typically requested during the project initiation phase. It is needed by the design team to set the roadway’s design control and design criteria which are discussed in more detail in Section 4.1.
                </p>     
                <p>
                    Depending on the breadth and scope of the project, as well as its geographic location, this request may incur the use of DelDOT’s regional travel demand model. Regional travel demand models are used to predict how people will change their travel behavior based on various changing factors, including living arrangements, working options, route choices, transportation modes, and characteristics of the individual making the trip. The model mechanics can be viewed in terms of supply and demand. If the demand (population or employment) changes, the model uses a series of mathematical processes to estimate how the supply (transportation system) responds. It is used in the reverse manner as well, i.e., how does changing the number of lanes on a road (supply) impact where people live, work and/or how they travel (demand) between locations. DelDOT’s regional travel demand model, the DELMARVA Peninsula Model, uses local demographic data, both actively and passively collected surveyed travel behavior, and the state’s transportation system characteristics for vehicles, transit, and pedestrians to create both the baseline existing year model and the future year scenarios.
                </p>
                <p>
                    A roadway’s existing and proposed traffic data and functional classification designation information can be requested from DelDOT’s Division of Planning through use of the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/xls/projectmanagement/deldot_travel_forecasting_request_form.xlsx Traffic Data/ Functional Classification Request Form]. Depending on the request complexity, the forecast will be provided within 10 business days, or a scoping/clarification meeting will be scheduled within 10 business days. Please be sure to use this form as it often provides all the information needed to determine the existing and future traffic needs using a streamlined process. Additionally, many Project Development sections within DelDOT will place the information obtained from the Division of Planning directly onto the contract plan’s title sheet for archival purposes.
                </p>  
                <!--<p>
                    A roadway’s existing and proposed traffic data and functional classification designation information can be requested from DelDOT’s Division of Planning through use of the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/xls/projectmanagement/deldot_travel_forecasting_request_form.xlsx Traffic Data / Functional Classification Request Form]. This information is typically requested during the project initiation phase as it is needed by the design team to set the roadway’s design control and design criteria which are discussed in more detail in Section 4.1. Many Project Development sections within DelDOT will additionally place the information obtained from the Division of Planning directly onto the contract plan’s title sheet for archival purposes.
                </p>  -->
                <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                <h3>
                    3.7.4 Property Rights Research
                </h3> 
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:20px;float:right;">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                        <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Initial Project Research Request Memo]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_title_search.pdf Sample Title Search]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    DelDOT’s existing rights-of-way will need to be investigated during the project development process to ascertain whether the State owns sufficient property rights or if additional property rights will need to be acquired to construct a proposed improvement. The existing property rights research can either be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement or can be performed by DelDOT’s in-house Team Support section. In general, designs performed by in-house DelDOT staff are researched by DelDOT’s Team Support section while designs performed by an external Engineer of Record are researched by that entity under the design project’s professional services agreement.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The existing property rights research is typically requested during the project initiation phase once the limits and extent of the research required has been initially scoped by the project team. Existing property rights information can be requested through use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Initial Project Research Request Memo]. The Right-of-Way coordination and mosaic establishment process are more thoroughly discussed in Section 5.5.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Title searches are the most comprehensive property rights research that can be requested by the design team. Title searches consist of an examination of public records to determine and confirm a property’s legal ownership. A [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pdfs/rightofway/sample_title_search.pdf sample title search] is provided for user reference. DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual] establishes DelDOT’s practice for performing 60-year title searches, meaning that title searches performed will examine the last 60-years of public records to determine a property’s current legal ownership. It should be noted that some easements may predate the 60-year period and will therefore, not be captured in the completed title search. Title searches requested through the [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Initial Project Research Request Memo] are conducted through professional services managed by DelDOT’s Right-of-Way section. Accordingly, when title searches are requested, a project must have money available to fund the title search.
                </p>
                <div style="clear:both;"></div>
                <h3>
                    3.7.5 Crash Data
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                         <td>[https://deldot.gov/app/crashdata/ Crash Data Portal]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>  
                <p>
                    Crash data should be investigated as early in the project development process as possible so crash patterns can be identified and possible countermeasures developed. Limited crash data is available through DelDOT’s Gateway GIS database with additional information being available through a request process described within this subsection. Crash data is typically reviewed during the project initiation phase but can be requested at any time during the project development process. Historic crash data can be used to identify existing transportation deficiencies including high crash locations, patterns in crashes that may indicate specific problematic movements, and particular types of crashes that should be targeted for countermeasures. The level of crash data documentation required for a project will vary with the project’s size and scope. Project’s requiring extensive documentation typically document the data on an aerial map with different symbology for the different crash types.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Access to the majority of crash data is restricted to authorized users in accordance with [https://delcode.delaware.gov/title21/c003/index.html 21 Del. C. § 313]. All professionals that wish to view individual crash reports are required to contact the Traffic Safety Engineering section for more information and official security clearance procedures, if applicable, prior to submitting a request. Once authorized, professionals must submit crash data requests through the [https://deldot.gov/app/crashdata/ Crash Data Portal]. Typically, crash data is requested for the past 3-years; however, crash data exceeding the past 3-years can be requested at the discretion of the Project Manager, but these requests will require that additional justification be provided with the request.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The design team can also request Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) reports from the Traffic Safety Engineering section. The HSIP reports are compiled for each road in the State and contain information that can be valuable to assist the design team while evaluating the project area.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.7.6 Utility Designation
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Utility Designation Request Form]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    Utility designation is a valuable existing site investigation tool that is used to identify potential utility conflicts. Utility designation is commonly defined as the process of using a geophysical method or methods to interpret the presence of a subsurface utility and to mark its approximate horizontal position (its designation) on the ground surface. Project’s whose scopes will require subsurface work which has the potential to impact existing utility features may benefit from the performance of a utility designation. Performing a utility designation as early as feasible in the project development process allows for additional information to be conveyed through DelDOT deliverables and provides more time for stakeholders to identify and mitigate a project’s potential utility impacts. The design team should discuss a project’s potential utility designation and the agreement to perform the utility designation under with the project’s DelDOT Utility Coordinator when the design team considers designation appropriate. Utility designation is requested through use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Utility Designation Request Form]. All utility designation performed on DelDOT projects are to be in accordance with ASCE 38-22. The utility coordination process is more thoroughly discussed in Section 5.4.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.7.7 Pavement Corings
                </h3>
                <p>
                    DelDOT’s Materials and Research section is tasked with overseeing all DelDOT pavement coring operations. Pavement coring investigations are used to confirm the existing roadway section and condition and is often required to provide a design pavement structure recommendation. Archived plans should not be solely relied upon for this purpose, as archived plans can be inaccurate and will not provide a true representation of the condition of the existing pavement.
                </p>
                <p>
                    It is important to assess what information is desired from the coring investigation prior to requesting the pavement cores as it will affect the extent of the investigation. Pavement cores can be requested to evaluate the existing pavement for:
                </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>Excavation/removal quantity estimates,</li>
                    <li>Suitability of the pavement to be repurposed as a different type of use,</li>
                    <li>Condition of underlying layers,</li>
                    <li>Strength and condition of existing pavement,</li>
                    <li>Depth of layers for tie-in purposes, and</li>
                    <li>Determining suitability for pavement rehabilitation.</li>
                </ul>
                <p>
                    Pavement cores should be requested as soon as possible in the project development process by emailing the request to [mailto:DOT_Pavementcores@delaware.gov DOT_Pavementcores@delaware.gov]. The design team should provide a current map showing the locations that are to be investigated. If there are critical areas of interest, the design team should designate those specific areas. Otherwise, the start and end limits and purpose of the investigation are sufficient for the request. The Materials and Research section and the design team will work together to determine the best course of action and layout of pavement cores for the investigation. Pavement coring investigations are weather dependent, so time should be allotted to account for weather delays. The typical turnaround for the requested pavement cores is 30 days, however freezing temperatures, precipitation, and other natural events increase the response time.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.7.8 Traffic Counts
                </h3>
                <p>
                    The traffic data provided to the design team as described in [[Chapter 3 - Project Initiation#3.7.3 Traffic Data and Functional Classification Designation|Section 3.7.3]] may need to be supplemented with traffic count data depending on a project’s needs. Traffic count information may be needed for, but not limited to, calculating LOS, determining queue lengths, or for air quality and noise analysis purposes. However, traffic counts may already be available at the interested location. DelDOT’s Division of Planning and Traffic Engineering section can be contacted to research the availability of historical traffic data. If new traffic data is required, the data collection process can be performed by DelDOT’s Traffic Engineering section for in-house design projects or can be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement. Once the traffic data is collected, the results are to be provided by the design team to DelDOT’s Statewide & Regional Planning (S&RP) section in the Division of Planning for inclusion to the DelDOT Extranet.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.7.9 Pipe Video Inspection
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Pipe Flushing Request Memo]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Pipe Video Inspection Request Memo]</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/pdfs/Pipe-Inspection-and-Remediation-Guide.pdf?cache=1714817070382 Pipe Inspection and Remediation Guide]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    Existing pipes that are to become part of the final drainage network can be investigated during the design phase to determine their condition and their suitability for use in the final drainage network. Pipe video inspections can either be performed by DelDOT’s Materials and Research section or can be performed under a design project’s professional services agreement. The design team should assess the sediment accumulation in the pipes to be inspected to determine if pipe flushing is required to obtain an unobstructed view of the pipe. Pipe flushing consists of jetting water through a conduit to remove sedimentation and other obstructions which could block the pipe video rover’s travel or view within the existing conduit. DelDOT’s pipe video inspection group does not have the ability to perform pipe flushing. Therefore, all required pipe flushing must be performed prior to mobilization of the DelDOT pipe video inspection group. Pipe flushing can be requested from the appropriate Division of Maintenance and Operations district through use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Pipe Flushing Request Memo]. Pipe video can be requested from the Materials and Research section through use of DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 Pipe Video Inspection Request Memo].
                </p>
                <p>
                    In all cases, proper communication and coordination is key to the performance of a successful design phase pipe video inspection. The information that is desired to be obtained as part of the design phase pipe video inspection should be clearly communicated to the pipe video inspection crew. DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Publications/pdfs/Pipe-Inspection-and-Remediation-Guide.pdf?cache=1714817070382 Pipe Inspection and Remediation Guide] should be utilized as a resource for these design phase investigations; however, these design phase investigations are not required to be measured to the same level of accuracy or precision as post installation inspections as the passage of time will have allowed more physical and qualitative evidence indicative of pipe defects to present themselves.
                </p>
                <p>
                    The results of this design phase inspection should be documented and compared to any construction phase inspections to evaluate any damage that may have occurred during the construction phase. Design phase investigation and documentation are valuable tools when disputes regarding contractor damage to the existing pipe network arise during construction.
                </p>
                <h3>
                    3.7.10 Soil Borings
                </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                         <td>[https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                <p>
                    Soil borings provide information about the properties and condition of the existing soil strata, which is critical in the design of many structures. DelDOT’s Materials and Research section maintains expertise in the field of subsurface soil exploration and possesses on-call soil boring contractor agreements. The design team should coordinate with the Materials and Research section during the project development process to determine the necessity and locations for soil borings on a project. Soil borings are typically required in the following applications:
                </p>
                <ul>
                    <li>Bridge construction,</li>
                    <li>Large new road construction and road reconstruction,</li>
                    <li>Road construction projects where there are known issues such as settlement of the roadway,</li>
                    <li>Infiltration testing for stormwater management facilities, and</li>
                    <li>Traffic signal foundations.</li>
                </ul>
                <p>
                    Soil borings may also be used for pavement design in certain applications in accordance with the criteria in Section 4.15.
                </p>
                <p>
                    There are numerous procedures and techniques available for obtaining in-situ soil information and in-situ soil samples. The procedures that are performed to obtain the desired information are dependent upon the extent of the soil investigation required. The Materials and Research section will work with the design team to determine what testing is required to obtain the information needed at the project level.
                </p>
                <p>
                    Soil borings can either be performed through DelDOT's on-call drilling agreements or other professional service agreements. When soil samples are tested, the samples shall be designated using the AASHTO classification of soil and soil aggregate mixtures.  If the test results are performed by an entity outside of DelDOT, the soil test results shall be provided to the DelDOT Materials and Research section so that it can be included into the Department’s database. Additional information on DelDOT soil boring field practices and deliverables is included in Section 105.4.1 of the DelDOT [https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual]. The project team may need to release electronic design files to the entity that will be performing the soil borings; in these occurrences, the procedures detailed in Section 5.10 must be followed.
                </p>
                    <div class="tab"> <!--h4-->
                        <h4>
                            3.7.10.1 Borings Performed Through On-Call Drilling Agreements
                        </h4>
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                         <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                             <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
Line 2,041: Line 1,490:
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]</td>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/soil_boring_request_sheet.xlsx?031115 Boring Request Form]</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 ROW Revision Approval Request]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                             <tr>
                             <tr>
                                 <td>[https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/memorightofwayrevision.docx?09102019 ROW Approved Revision]</td>
                                 <td>[https://projectdevelopmentmanualtest.deldot.gov/images/6/67/Drill_and_Lab_Estimate_Time.pdf Boring Completion Time Estimator]</td>
                             </tr>
                             </tr>
                         </table>
                         </table>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Right-of-way revisions are to be developed in accordance with the guidance contained in [[Chapter 6 - Contract Compilation#6.4 Plan Development Guidance|Section 6.4]] and in the DelDOT [https://deldot.gov/Publications/manuals/right-of-way-engineering/pdfs/rw_engineering_manual_02_06_2023.pdf?cache=1715534583565 Right-of-Way Engineering Manual]. Once drafting of the revision is complete, the revision should be distributed in accordance with DelDOT’s [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/index.shtml?dc=projectmanagement#horizontalTab3 ROW Revision Approval Request] memo to the staff indicated in DelDOT’s distribution list. The most recent construction plan set should be distributed with all revised right-of-way plan sheets. If the construction plans cannot be submitted based on extenuating circumstances, those circumstances are to be communicated to the Team Support section to determine an appropriate path forward before submitting. The Team Support section will either approve the draft revision or make comments on the revision which will require a resubmittal and re-review of the revision. Once it is determined that the revision needs no corrections, the “Revision” signature block can be signed thus completing the revision. Upon the completion of the right-of-way revision, the design team will provide the finalized [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/docs/pmdocs/memorightofwayrevision.docx?09102019 ROW Approved Revision] memo to the Team Support section and subsequently to the Acquisitions, Relocations, and Settlements section.
                             When requesting soil borings from the Materials and Research section through use of DelDOT’s on-call drilling agreements, the design team should provide the following:
                        </p>
                        <ul>
                            <li>Preliminary surveys,</li>
                            <li>Survey plans with the location of the investigation including road names,</li>
                            <li>Verification of existing right-of-way,</li>
                            <li>A right to enter templated letter if trespass is needed,</li>
                            <li>Purpose of the investigation, and</li>
                            <li>The [https://deldot.gov/Business/drc/pd_files/plan_development/soil_boring_request_sheet.xlsx?031115 Boring Request Form].</li> <!--Ensure Drill and Lab Estimate Time.pdf is uploading to the wiki. Using "Media:" will cause the file to open; ":File:" will open where the file is stored-->
                        </ul>
                        <p>
                            DelDOT maintains a [https://projectdevelopmentmanualtest.deldot.gov/images/6/67/Drill_and_Lab_Estimate_Time.pdf Boring Completion Time Estimator] which the design team can use to create informed project schedules. The time required to complete the requested borings will vary based on the amount and complexity of the drilling, the extent of the analysis, weather delays, traffic control requirements, and other location specific conditions. The design team should work with the DelDOT Geotechnical Engineer to ascertain an accurate completion time estimate and to communicate any project specific needs as early as possible in the project development process.
                         </p>
                         </p>
                         <h4>
                         <h4>
                             5.5.4.4 Right-of-Way Certification
                             3.7.10.2 Borings Performed Under Other Professional Service Agreements
                         </h4>
                         </h4>
                         <p>
                         <p>
                             Prior to advertisement of a project using federal funds, DelDOT must issue a statement certifying that all right-of-way clearance work has been completed or that all necessary arrangements have been made for the project to be undertaken and completed in accordance with [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-635 23 CFR 635.309(b)]. This statement is issued by DelDOT’s Chief of Right-of-Way and is referred to in DelDOT as the Right-of-Way Statement or the Right-of-Way Certification. [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-635 23 CFR 635.309(c)] outlines three levels of potential right-of-way clearance. It is DelDOT’s goal to only use level one certifications ([https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-635 ((23 CFR 635.309(c)(1)]), however, DelDOT may issue level two and level three statements ([https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-635 23 CFR 635.309(c)(2)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-23/chapter-I/subchapter-G/part-635 23 CFR 635.309(c)(3)]) at their discretion. Level two and level three statements are commonly referred to as stipulated statements. Even though Right-of-Way Statements are only required for federally funded projects, DelDOT will typically issue Right-of-Way statements on state funded projects as well.
                             The Materials and Research section should be utilized as a resource when soil borings are to be performed under a design project’s professional service agreements other than DelDOT’s on-call drilling services agreement. Coordination with the Materials and Research section will ensure the proposed geotechnical exploration is commensurate with the project’s scope, follows DelDOT’s standard practices, and that sufficient information will be obtained. The minimum information that should be provided to the Materials and Research section prior to the approval of the driller’s scope of work includes the completed standard boring request form and associated location map showing the location of the proposed borings.  
                         </p>
                         </p>
                    </div>
                        <p>
        <h2>
                            The driller will be required to obtain all necessary environmental, boring, well, and other project specific permits prior to drilling. Additionally, the driller will need to coordinate all required maintenance of traffic, receive Miss Utility clearance, and coordinate any other project specific needs.
            5.6 Railroad
                        </p>
        </h2>
                        <p>
        <p>
                            Once the drilling work commences, the DelDOT Project Manager or their designee should provide updates on the drilling schedule and testing schedule to the DelDOT Geotechnical Engineer and DelDOT Soils and Aggregate Laboratory Manager, respectively. The completed field logs and any other associated reports are to be submitted to the Materials and Research section upon task completion.
            Section currently under development.
                        </p>
        </p>
                    </div> <!--end of h4-->
        <h2>
            5.7 Developer Coordination
        </h2>
        <p>
            Section currently under development.
        </p>
        <h2>
            5.8 Finance
        </h2>
        <p>
            Section currently under development.
        </p>
            <div class="tab"> <!--h3-->
                 <h3>
                 <h3>
                     5.8.1 Project Cost Increases
                     3.7.11 Structure Condition Investigations
                 </h3>
                 </h3>
                <table class="wikitable" cellpadding="15" style="text-align:center;width: 45%;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto;float:right">
                    <caption style="caption-side:bottom;font-size: 12px;text-align: left;"></caption>
                    <tr>
                    <th colspan="4" style="color:white;background-color:navy;font-weight: bold;text-transform: uppercase;" id="table 1-1">Department Resources</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>[https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual]</td>
                    </tr>
                </table>
                 <p>
                 <p>
                     Section currently under development.
                     Depending upon the proposed scope of a project, it may be beneficial to conduct structure condition surveys as part of the existing site investigation. Section 109 of DelDOT’s [https://bridgedesignmanual.deldot.gov/index.php/Main_Page Bridge Design Manual] contains comprehensive information on the design level inspections and material testing that can be conducted to assess an existing structure’s condition.  
                 </p>
                 </p>
             </div>
             </div> <!--end of h3-->
        <h2>
    </div> <!--end of h2-->
            5.9 Hazardous Materials
 
        </h2>
        <p>
            Section currently under development.
        </p>
    </div>
     
<!--End of page-->
<!--End of page-->
{{GlobalNav}}
{{GlobalNav}}

Revision as of 15:58, 8 November 2024

Chapter 3 - Project Initiation

After a project is originated in accordance with one of the mechanisms described in Chapter 2, it is assigned to a section within DelDOT for further development. This stage in the project development process is generally referred to as project initiation. This chapter serves to document the numerous tasks that a section must perform as part of the project initiation process once assigned a project. Project initiation is a relatively short phase in the project development process but serves an essential role of establishing an initial project baseline to follow through the remainder of the project development process. The activities described within this chapter can be performed in various orders depending on the complexity of a project. For instance, it may be preferrable to perform a detailed scoping and alternatives analysis prior to setting a project schedule while on other projects it may be preferable to account for the scoping and alternatives analysis within the initial project schedule submitted with the Project Number Request.

3.1 Establishment of the Design Team

The section assigned to develop a project should establish a design team comprised of a Project Manager and technical design staff as soon as practical. Collectively, the design team is charged with guiding a project through DelDOT’s project development process outlined within this manual. The Project Manager’s role in the project development process is to coordinate technical design staff assignments and ensure that all work is being completed at the correct performance level, on time, and within budget and scope. The technical design staff’s role in the project development process is to perform the tasks assigned to them by the Project Manager in accordance with this manual as well as other DelDOT standard and guidance documents. It is essential that the design team effectively communicate among itself and with other project team members and stakeholders to ensure effective project delivery. The Project Manager should evaluate the composition of the team at regular intervals throughout the project development process to ensure on-time and on-budget delivery. Design team changes should be communicated to pertinent stakeholders as necessary through the project development process.

In general, projects can either be developed through in-house staff or can be developed in-whole or in-part by contracted consultant staff through professional service agreements. The Project Manager should consider multiple factors when establishing the design team, including but not limited to, the following:

  • Availability of in-house staff,
  • Expertise and experience required to perform project related tasks,
  • Desired implementation schedule, and
  • Available funding.

The procurement and subsequent management of professional services is further discussed in Section 3.4 of this manual.

3.1.1 Support Sections

The design team’s efforts are supplemented by Support sections throughout DelDOT. Support sections typically oversee a particular area of the of the project development process and perform ancillary tasks to deliver a project. Support sections are relied upon by DelDOT as subject matter experts within their field due to their focus and expertise on a particular subject matter within the project development process. The process established in this manual is intended to leverage the expertise and experience of DelDOT’s of subject matter experts in order to develop complete, accurate, and thorough project deliverables which meet the applicable state and federal requirements. Coordination with subject matter experts is typically triggered by milestone submittals which are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3; however, communication and coordination with DelDOT subject matter experts should occur fluidly throughout the project development process as needs arise. Early and consistent communication throughout the project development process will promote informed decision-making, reduce duplicated efforts amongst staff, and allow early identification and subsequent remediation of challenges that could jeopardize project delivery.

3.2 Project Baselining

Project baselining is the term assigned to the task of evaluating a project’s specific conditions, parameters, and other associated constraints to determine an estimated project schedule and budget. A project is baselined during the project initiation phase and will typically be re-baselined several times throughout the full project development process. The design team should collaborate with support sections as needed while performing this task to ensure the development of accurate project baselines. Accurate project baselining is essential to the development of a fiscally constrained program to make efficient use of transportation funds.

3.2.1 Initial Project Baselining

Once assigned a project, the assigned section must review the project’s proposed scope and any associated planning and study level documents to create a project schedule, budget, public involvement plan, and an initial environmental evaluation. In cases where the project scope and goals are unclear, additional project scoping and alternatives analysis may be performed before establishing the project’s initial baseline. Some projects may come with a previously developed schedule and budget depending upon the program generating the project; in these cases, the design team should evaluate the validity of any previously developed schedules and budgets before formally committing to any previously developed project baselines.

The design team should evaluate the project at this initial baselining stage to determine if an alternative project delivery or alternative contracting method should be pursued for the project. Additional information on the available contracting and project delivery methods are provided in Section 6.1.

At a minimum, the assigned section should make a concerted project scoping effort to identify the key project stakeholders as well as other specific conditions or parameters that could affect the project development process while developing the initial baseline. Additional information on project scoping is included in Section 3.6.

3.2.1.1 Schedule

Project scheduling requires the identification of necessary work activities, development of work-hour estimates for work activities, and then defining relationships between the work activities to produce the project desired deliverables. The Project Manager is tasked with either verifying a previously developed project schedule or developing a new project development schedule as part of the project initiation process. The initial project development schedule will need to identify the proposed completion month for all milestone project development deliverables. DelDOT’s typical milestone deliverables are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3. The Project Manager is encouraged to use scheduling tools commensurate with the project’s complexity to assist in the development of the initial project schedule. Project scheduling tools can range from a simple Excel spreadsheet to a complex scheduling software that assigns task durations and analyzes critical paths.

The Project Manager should consider all project specific criteria when developing the initial project schedule. Considerations include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • The potential use of any contracting methods as discussed in Section 6.1,
  • Availability of the assigned design team,
  • Experience and associated capability of the assembled design team,
  • Complexity of the project,
  • The number and type of desired milestone submittals and deliverables,
  • Identification of any critical project milestone dates,
  • Time needed for initial site investigation,
  • The type and amount of expected public involvement,
  • Time needed for any necessary property acquisitions or trespass/ rail agreements,
  • Time needed for utility coordination and potentially relocations,
  • Time needed to satisfy pertinent environmental requirements (i.e. permitting, wetland mitigation, 106 compliance, NEPA compliance etc.), and
  • Any publicly committed completion timeframes.

3.2.1.2 Budget

Accurately establishing the budget during the project initiation phase is essential to ensuring a fiscally responsible program and proper project funding. Overestimating the budget will lead to surplus funds being withheld from other infrastructure projects and underestimating the budget could lead to schedule disruptions. A project may be assigned to a section either with or without an already estimated budget depending upon the mechanism generating the project. Whether or not the project is assigned with a pre-estimated budget, the Project Manager and the design team should perform a project cost estimate for the design phase, the right-of-way acquisition, and construction phase which is commensurate with the project’s complexity and overall size. Additional information on cost estimating is included within Section 6.5. In all cases, the project’s budget during this stage in the project development process is to be recorded into the following funding phases:

  • Preliminary Engineering (PE, includes all design related work required to get the project through the advertisement phase),
  • Right-of-Way (RW), and
  • Construction (C, includes any construction contingency, environmental monitoring during construction, railroad construction, traffic construction, reimbursable utility design, inspection, and construction, and construction engineering (CE) costs).

Items the Project Manager should consider while developing the initial project budget, include but is not limited to, the following:

  • Professional services required to perform existing site investigation activities discussed in Section 3.7,
  • Professional services required to perform project design,
  • Professional services required to perform any ancillary tasks required to deliver a project (i.e. utility coordination, public outreach, environmental permitting etc.),
  • The expected cost of any right-of-way acquisitions that may be required, and
  • The expected cost of all necessary construction and inspection activities.

Another important item to establish is whether the project will receive federal funding during any project funding phase. This will typically be a joint decision between the design team and the Division of Finance. It is important to note that once federal funds are used in any funding phase that all previous work performed must meet the pertinent federal requirements.

Projects assigned with a pre-estimated budget listed in the Capital Transportation Plan (CTP) may require a funding increase when it is determined the dedicated funding is insufficient. Additional information on funding increases is provided in Section 5.8.

3.2.1.3 Initial Environmental Evaluation

Department Resources
Initial Environmental Evaluation Form

The Project Manager should request an initial environmental evaluation from the DelDOT Environmental Stewardship section as part of a project’s initial baselining. The initial environmental evaluation serves to inform the Project Manager and the design team of the environmental coordination related processes and deliverables which will need to be accounted for during their initial baselining effort. To obtain an initial environmental evaluation, the design team will need to complete the Initial Environmental Evaluation Form and submit it to the Environmental Stewardship section. The Environmental Stewardship section will review the information provided by the design team and complete the remainder of the form. The Environmental Stewardship section will submit the completed form back to the design team and will request that the design team attend the next Environmental Stewardship section group meeting, commonly referred to as the ESO meeting, to discuss the content of the initial environmental evaluation as well as the division of work between the design team and the Environmental Stewardship section. The Environmental Stewardship section may contact the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), or other federal administering agency, in accordance with 23 CFR 771.111(a)(3) to obtain advice, insofar as possible, on the probable class of action and related environmental laws and requirements and of the need for specific studies and findings that would normally be developed during the environmental review process. At a minimum, the initial environmental evaluation will provide the following:

  • The initial level of environmental documentation and class determination,
  • Identification of design/project development considerations, including but not limited to, historic properties and structures, archaeological sites, tribal coordination requirements, Section 4(f) and 6(f) properties, wetlands and waterbodies, endangered species, and environmental justice (EJ),
  • An initial public involvement strategy requirement, and
  • Funding needs and task assignments.

3.2.1.4 Public Involvement Plan

Department Resources
Project Public Involvement Plan Worksheet
Public Involvement Initial Outreach Letter
Project Webpage
Standardized Webpage Information

DelDOT recognizes the many benefits of performing public involvement throughout the project development process and therefore, strives to proactively engage with the public. Effective public engagement practices will vary considerably based on many project-specific factors including a project’s scope, number of stakeholders, complexity, issues of public concern, and impact size and severity. Shortly after project initiation, the project team should coordinate to develop a project-specific public involvement plan that is tailored to the individual project. DelDOT provides a standard Project Public Involvement Plan Worksheet to assist the design team in identifying and then developing the key components of their public involvement plan. DelDOT’s public engagement practices are more fully described in Section 5.1.

Shortly after project initiation and before the start of any field survey activities, the design team should customize and then send DelDOT’s standard Public Involvement Initial Outreach memorandum to all property owners and Homeowner Associations within or surrounding the logical project limits as well as to local municipalities and area legislators. The letter provides a brief description of the project’s purpose and scope, a link to the project’s website, notification of the upcoming site investigation activities that may be occurring in the near future, and an explanation of DelDOT’s right to enter private property to perform the necessary site investigations. In addition to this standard information, the letter can also be used to solicit public input on perceived transportation issues in the project area through use of either hard copy or online survey formats. The project team is encouraged to file the Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter distribution list so that it can be referenced and used as a starting point for future information distributions to the public.

Providing a project website is a relatively simple way of providing valuable information to the public as a project progresses. The project team is to consider creating a project website that will be located on DelDOT’s Projects’ webpage during the project initiation phase. When a website is desired to be created, it is typically generated automatically through the project number request process described in Section 3.3. Ideally, project websites should be created ahead of the performance of any field survey work.

DelDOT’s project websites utilize a common template and provides standardized information. Graphics and other information can be added at any point when they become available. Graphics placed on the project website typically include a colored depiction of the proposed transportation improvements with an aerial background and appropriately labeled roads and landmarks to convey the project to the public. The graphics and other visual aids on the project website should be updated throughout the project development process when additional visualization aids are created. The design team should review the project website at every project submission milestone or every four months to ensure accuracy.

3.2.2 Project Re-Baselining

A project’s schedule and budget should be re-baselined throughout the project development process to ensure the efficient use of DelDOT resources and to minimize the potential for creating duplicate work products. Projects are typically re-baselined at the milestone submissions described in Section 6.3 and should also be re-baselined when major changes within the project development process occur such as a change in the project team occurs or when previously unanticipated work and coordination efforts become required. Reference should be made to Section 5.8.1 when re-baselining reveals the project has insufficient funds.

3.2.2.1 Re-Baselining at Milestone Submissions

Department Resources
Unifier Training Outline
Youtube Tutorial Video

A project’s schedule and budget are to be updated in Unifier at each milestone submission to communicate a project’s current estimated budget and schedule to the rest of DelDOT. The project’s schedule and budget can be estimated using the same considerations as the initial project baselining effort described in Section 3.2.1. DelDOT maintains written procedures for updating a project’s information in its Unifier Training Outline and maintains a tutorial video on the subject on its Youtube channel.

3.2.2.2 Spend Updates

A spend plan that outlines when the project team estimates money will be spent by state fiscal year throughout the project development process is created as part of the procedure outlined in Section 3.2.1. Periodically throughout the course of the project development process, the Project Manager will review the actual rate of project expenditures compared to the expected expenditure rate in order to evaluate the accuracy of the spend plan. After their review, the Project Manager can recommend that money be moved up in the spend plan or moved back. This practice of reviewing and making recommendations on project funding to the DelDOT Finance team is known as making spend updates. DelDOT sections typically use different spend update intervals based on the amount, complexity, typical schedule, and budget of projects being managed by the section. Conducting spend updates also provides a good opportunity for the Project Manager to review the project’s overall budget to determine if the project will require additional funding or if the project has a surplus amount of funds allotted.

3.3 Project Number Request

Department Resources
Unifier Instructions on the DRC

Once the initial project baselining is complete, a New Project Request and subsequent Project Number Request can be performed. DelDOT assigns a state project number and a federal project number, when necessary, to its projects to assist with project identification and tracking. The New Project Request and Project Number Request processes are performed through DelDOT’s Unifier software. DelDOT maintains many Unifier related instructions and tutorials on its Design Resource Center (DRC) website.

3.4 Professional Services

The need for professional services should be considered by the Project Manager as early as feasible during the project initiation phase as their use will need to be factored into the project baselining activities described in Section 3.2.1. Professional services can be used to perform specific portions or all the project design; additionally, professional services can be used to perform design support activities like site investigations. This section summarizes considerations for procuring and managing professional services. The need for professional services must be evaluated on a project-by-project basis and approval of their use should be obtained at the Assistant Director level prior to project procurement.

3.4.1 Professional Services Procurement

Department Resources
Professional Services Procurement Manual

DelDOT is required to maintain written procedures related to professional service procurement in accordance with both the Delaware Code and the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). DelDOT’s written procedures for obtaining professional services are recorded in its Professional Services Procurement Manual. The manual establishes DelDOT’s procurement procedures and ensures compliance with the applicable federal and state regulations regarding professional service procurement which includes but is not limited to: 2 CFR 200, 2 CFR 1201, 23 CFR 1-999, 49 CFR 600-699, and 29 Chapter 69 of the Delaware Code. Accordingly, all professional service procurements must follow the requirements contained within DelDOT’s Professional Services Procurement Manual.

Professional services can generally be divided into two categories with unique project level procurement considerations which are further discussed in Section 3.4.1.1 and Section 3.4.1.2. Advanced FHWA approval is required in accordance with 23 CFR 172.7(b)(5) when Federal-aid funds participate in a contract to provide consultant services in a management role (such as managing a project or overseeing other consultants) relating to highway construction. All questions regarding professional procurement should be directed to DelDOT’s Consultant Control Coordinator.

Department Resources
Professional Services Procurement Manual
Funding Increase Request Form
Funding Request Form

Various sections throughout DelDOT advertise and award indefinite delivery/ indefinite quantity (IDIQ) project development contracts specifically for the performance of design work. IDIQ contracts are intended for performance of a number of routine or specialized tasks under a single professional service agreement. IDIQ contracts utilizing federal funds have a maximum contract period and a pre-set maximum dollar amount. As such, only services which fall within the advertised scope, funding, and schedule limitations of the established IDIQ contract may be awarded to one of the IDIQ selected consultants. IDIQ contracts are commonly referred to as open-end agreements. The federal requirements for IDIQ contracts are established in 23 CFR 172.9(a)(3).

Open-end agreements save time in the project development process by selecting several qualified firms that can provide the typical services required under an agreement thus eliminating the need to create, advertise, and award specific professional service agreements. Priority should be given to utilizing a firm on an established project development related professional services agreement for design work. If the appropriate expertise cannot be found under an established project development related professional services agreement or if the required work is determined too large for the professional service agreement, the Project Manager may elect to pursue the procurement of the desired professional service through a new and unique agreement in accordance with the DelDOT Professional Services Procurement Manual. It should be noted that it may take months to procure professional services when advertising a new and unique agreement.

When using open-end agreements for the design work, the Project Manager must consider the contracted firms’ strengths, availability, qualifications, and overall ability to complete the project when determining the entity to ultimately assign the work to. The Project Manager should also evaluate the magnitude of the professional services that will be required over the life of the project and then consider whether the total required professional services should be divided into several smaller tasks that will allow for more accurate work projections which limit risk. Once the Project Manager determines the optimum firm to perform the work and the initial professional services required, they can request a draft scope of work and blank person-hour estimate from the selected contracted firm. The Project Manager should provide the selected firm with all the requisite information necessary for the firm to prepare an informed task proposal. The Project Manager should review the proposal upon receipt to ensure the scope of the work and tasks within the blank person-hour estimate are accurate and in-line with the Project Manager’s expectations. The Project Manager will communicate all comments on the draft scope of work and blank person-hour estimate to the consultant until all comments are sufficiently addressed. At this point, the Project Manager will prepare an independent person-hour estimate for the project that must be signed and dated. The consultant can then submit their person-hour estimate to the Project Manager who will then compare the estimates. The acceptability of the consultant’s proposal will be based on the following two guidelines:

  1. For projects with a DelDOT estimate of less than 500 person-hours, if the consultant is within 15% of the DelDOT estimate (either above or below), the proposal will be acceptable.
  2. For projects with a DelDOT estimate of 500 person-hours or more, if the consultant is within 10% of the DelDOT estimate (either above or below), the proposal will be acceptable.

If the differences between the consultant’s proposal and DelDOT’s independent person-hour estimate exceed these percentages (either above or below), a negotiation meeting should be held to resolve the differences. The negotiation meeting should result in a fair number of person-hours and the consultant should resubmit the proposal based on the negotiated hours. The documentation of the negotiation meeting should be saved within the project files.

Once the task proposal is considered acceptable, the Project Manager will need to assess the project’s authorized funding to determine whether processing the consultant proposal will require additional authorized funding. When additional funds are required, the Project Manager will need to complete and submit the Funding Increase Request Form as further described Section 5.8.1 (To be added). Once the project’s authorized funding has been assessed and the necessary steps performed, the Project Manager can submit the proposal and a completed Funding Request Form to the appropriate Department mailboxes as shown in Table 3.4.1.1 for processing. The Project Manager should also attach the funding increase request email to the funding request email in cases where additional authorized funds were required to expedite the process. The subject line of the email sent to Department mailboxes shown in Table 3.4.1.1 should be the Agreement number, task number, and then supplemental number if applicable. The body of the email submitted should include the following text: “The attached proposal has been reviewed and found acceptable. Please proceed with the NTP process”. For DelDOT’s Traffic section, these funding assessment and processing activities are delegated by the Project Manager to Traffic’s Support Services section.

Table 3.4.1.1 – Department Mailboxes for Proposal Processing
Department Mailbox When to Include on Funding Request Email
DOT.AuditManagement@Delaware.gov Include on all Funding Requests
DOT.ProfServices@Delaware.gov Include on all Funding Requests
DOT_TransSolutions_Funding_requests@Delaware.gov Include on all Transportation Solutions Funding Requests

Various sections within DelDOT maintain design support related professional service agreements (i.e., soil borings, utility designation, test holes etc.) that can be considered for use on a project regardless of whether the project is designed primarily by in-house DelDOT staff or by contracted consultant staff. These design support related professional services and their associated request processes are documented in various locations throughout this manual. Another contractual alternative for performing this design support related work is to use the design related professional service agreement when the design work is to be conducted by a contracted consultant and provided that the proposed work is within the scope of the original agreement. The prime advantage to using the design related professional services agreement for this purpose is that all work can be managed by one entity. The Project Manager and the contracted design firm should discuss the desired division of work to determine the distribution most appropriate for the individual project.

Regardless of the agreement that the work is conducted under, coordination should be performed with the DelDOT support section managing the design support related professional services to assist in determining the scope and limits of work. Additionally, the DelDOT group managing the design support related professional service agreement can be used as a resource to review a design firm’s task proposal if the work is elected to be performed under a design related professional service agreement.

3.4.2 Professional Services Management

Once professional services are procured, the Project Manager must work to navigate the project through DelDOT’s project development process. This section summarizes the Project Manager’s responsibilities for managing professional service tasks and provides proven practices to ensure quality performance and compliance with the pertinent federal requirements.

3.4.2.1 Project Tracking

The Project Manager is responsible for tracking task progress to ensure on-time and on-budget deliverables that are complete, accurate, and consistent with the terms, conditions, and specifications of the contract under which they were developed. Performing accurate project tracking requires that the Project Manager monitor a project’s completed work in comparison to the scoped work to forecast future project milestone submittal dates and associated costs. The Project Manager must be intimately familiar with a task’s scope of services as well as the products that are to be produced to be able to perform accurate forecasts. The Project Manager should periodically examine the task progress against the amount expended to determine if additional funds will be required to prevent delays in the design phase caused by insufficient funds.

Project Managers use many tools to track a project’s progress toward its ultimate task deliverable. Two of the more common tracking tools utilized by the Project Manager are progress meetings and invoice tracking.

  • Progress meetings - The Project Manager can setup regularly scheduled task progress meetings at a frequency commensurate with the magnitude, complexity, and type of work, to ensure the work is progressing in accordance with the established scope of work and schedule milestones. The Project Manager should use these meetings as an opportunity to discuss task progress as well as any on-going or anticipated challenges to an on-time and on-budget project delivery.
  • Invoice tracking - The Project Manager will receive invoices from the consultant that can be used to track the task’s progress. The invoice submitted will summarize the work performed over the invoicing period as well as state the percent complete and percent expended. The Project Manager can further use this information to obtain an expenditure rate and progress rate when tracked over time. Additional information on invoicing is included in Section 3.4.2.2.

The Project Manager should monitor the expected task completion date so that a proposal for the next phase of work can be requested and processed prior to when money will need to be expended so as not to delay work on the future task. The consultant proposal review and funding request process outlined in Section 3.4.2.2 is to be followed for all next phase task proposals. Depending on DelDOT section preference, the next phase of work can either be done as a supplemental task to the original or as a new task.

On occasion, extra work that was outside of the original scope of services will be identified which will increase the work effort from that initially anticipated. In these cases, the Project Manager should review the circumstances and determine if extra work is in fact, required. When extra work is required, the Project Manager is to instruct the consultant to provide a supplemental task proposal specifically for the extra work. The supplemental proposal should be reviewed and processed as described in Section 3.4.1.1. No work on the element causing the extra work is to proceed until the supplemental is approved or an advanced start approval is given by the Project Manager.

3.4.2.2 Invoicing

Department Resources
Invoice Circulation Tracking Checklist and Consultant Agreement Payment Approval Check List Form
Professional Services Procurement Manual

One of the Project Manager’s prime responsibilities is ensuring prompt payment for the professional services performed. In accordance with 29 Del. C. § 6516, DelDOT has a 30-day window to get invoices processed and paid to the consultant starting from the date the Project Manager receives a valid invoice. Once the invoice is received, an Invoice Circulation Tracking Checklist and Consultant Agreement Payment Approval Check List Form should be added to the front of the invoice if not included by the consultant. The Project Manager should review the consultant invoice for the following:

  • Ensure the invoice format meets DelDOT’s standard invoice format per DelDOT’s Professional Services Procurement Manual.
  • Ensure hours seem reasonable for the work completed according to the progress report.
  • Ensure the hours and any direct expenses charged are within the invoice period.
  • Ensure percent complete is reasonable compared to the work completed in the progress report.
  • Ensure consultant and subconsultant total billing is below the task upset limit. Invoices submitted without funding in place will require an After the Fact Waiver.
  • Ensure consultant and subconsultant total fixed fee billed is below the task upset limit and is in-line with the percentage of task complete.
  • Ensure values in the tables match from page to page and the calculations are accurate, including rounding errors down to $0.01.
  • Ensure direct expenses are acceptable and properly documented in accordance with DelDOT’s Professional Services Procurement Manual.

If any adjustments to the consultant’s invoice need to be made, the Project Manager is to send the invoice back to the consultant with an explanation of the discrepancies. Any prior discrepancies should be noted in the comments section of the Invoice Circulation Tracking Check List when the approved invoice is submitted for processing. To process the invoice, the Project Manager should follow the circulation process that is shown in the invoice circulation tracking sheet. Once circulation has completed, the invoice is to be sent to the Department’s DOT_TranSolutions_Payment@delaware.gov mailbox. In addition, final invoices should be sent to the DOT.auditmanagement@delaware.gov mailbox as well.

On occasion, the invoice processing task may uncover missing invoices. In these occurrences, the Project Manager, the consultant, and the Finance section will need to work collectively to ensure that the balances between the groups are consistent.

3.4.2.2.1 Fiscal Year End

DelDOT’s finance system will shut down for a period of approximately 3-weeks from roughly mid-June to early-July corresponding to the end and beginning of the State of Delaware’s fiscal year. Project Managers should remind their consultants of this shut down so that their billing cycles can be adjusted as needed.

3.4.2.3 Quality Assurance

The Project Manager is tasked with evaluating the compliance, performance, and quality of services provided by the consultant. The Project Manager’s specific responsibilities and DelDOT’s overall quality assurance procedures are described within Section 6.6. The Project Manager will evaluate the services of the consultant annually and at the end of the contract to document the consultant’s performance in accordance with 23 CFR 172.9(d)(2). The Project Manager’s evaluation assists the Department with future professional service agreement selections and provides valuable feedback to the consultant. The solicitation to perform an evaluation will come from DelDOT’s Contract Administration section.

3.4.2.4 Closeout

Department Resources
Project Closeout Guidelines for Project Managers

All professional service task agreements using federal funds must be closed out upon completion in accordance with 2 CFR 200.344. Regardless of funding source, closeout activities should be approached proactively by the project team to allow funds to be unencumbered from completed tasks and then reprogrammed to other active projects. Closeout is an important and complex task as it requires performance of activities by multiple sections throughout DelDOT. To ensure expedient closeout, DelDOT has developed guidance entitled Project Closeout Guidelines for Project Managers which outlines procedures, best practices, and other considerations associated with closeout.

In addition to closing out tasks whose work is complete, the Project Manager must also close out tasks where DelDOT has decided to terminate the professional service before its completion. As with many other activities in the project development process, it is imperative that the Project Manager continually perform the updates and tracking described throughout this manual to communicate critical information to DelDOT’s Division of Finance and other affected sections so closeout can occur expeditiously.

3.5 Establishment of Project Directory

Maintaining consistent project directories promotes increased productivity as less time is needed to search for files and reduces redundancy which assists in assuring the use of correct file versions. DelDOT generally utilizes three separate project directories with varying levels of document control during the project development process. DelDOT’s directories and their intended use are described within this section. The DelDOT CADD Support group is tasked with overseeing DelDOT’s project directory structure and can be used as a resource when determining how a specific project’s directories should be established during the project initiation phase. The DelDOT CADD Support group can be contacted via email at DOT_CADDSupport@delaware.gov.

3.5.1 ProjectWise

Department Resources
ProjectWise Folder Structure
ProjectWise Project Creation Form
ProjectWise Access Control Form
ProjectWise Explorer Configuration

ProjectWise is DelDOT’s preferred project development related project directory and is used for both in-house developed and consultant developed projects. ProjectWise is a cloud-based Document Management System (DMS) designed specifically to manage documents related to design and construction projects. ProjectWise provides a secure file management system where access is controlled by security groups managed by DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators. ProjectWise additionally provides enhanced searching capabilities and managed references where if a file gets moved or renamed, ProjectWise will automatically change the attachment information within MicroStation to maintain the link.

All new capital projects developed by DelDOT’s Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections are to use this platform. Other sections or programs may use the cloud-based project directory as well after coordination with DelDOT’s CADD Support group. To promote consistency, DelDOT maintains a standard ProjectWise folder structure. Users are not permitted to create new folders within the ProjectWise directory. Projects that do not use ProjectWise as their main directory are to use DelDOT’s DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder as their primary project directory.

DelDOT maintains a ProjectWise Project Creation Form for adding projects to the “DELDOT Production” datasource. Once the request is received, DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators will create the project folders on the “DELDOT Production” datasource on ProjectWise and will assign submitted users to one of the standard access groups defined in the project creation request form. Consultant users that wish to restrict staff access by discipline can utilize DelDOT’s defined discipline access groups whereas consultant users that do not wish to restrict staff access across discipline can assign staff to the “PM (consultant)” access group which will allow their staff to access all folders and files on the ProjectWise directory.DelDOT maintains a ProjectWise Project Creation and Access Control Form for adding projects to the “DELDOT Production” datasource as well as for modifying access at a later time. Once the request is received, DelDOT’s ProjectWise Administrators will create the project folders on the “DELDOT Production” datasource on ProjectWise and will assign submitted users to one of the standard access groups defined in the project creation request form. Consultant users that wish to restrict staff access by discipline can utilize DelDOT’s defined discipline access groups whereas consultant users that do not wish to restrict staff access across discipline can assign staff to the “PM (consultant)” access group which will allow their staff to access all folders and files on the ProjectWise directory. All later access modifications can be performed through use of DelDOT’s standard ProjectWise Access Control Form. It is recommended that a single version of the Access Control Form be created and used throughout the life of the project to track all permission changes. When sending the Access Control Form to CADD Support, use the "No Change" option in Column 1 for existing users that require no access change.

After initial project folder establishment, all subsequent design team access or permission issues should be communicated by the DelDOT Project Manager to DelDOT’s CADD Support group. DelDOT maintains ProjectWise Explorer Configuration instructions which describes the process to connect to the “DELDOT Production” datasource. All questions or issues pertaining to the overall functionality of ProjectWise should be directed to the DelDOT CADD Support group.

3.5.2 \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs

Department Resources
ProjectWise Folder Structure

In-house developed projects that do not utilize the ProjectWise directory are to use DelDOT’s \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder as their main project development related project directory. This location is commonly mapped as the “Y-Drive” for staff within the Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections. Projects that utilize a ProjectWise Directory do not require the creation of a directory in the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder. The \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder is an access protected internal network server which is managed by both DelDOT’s CADD Support group and DelDOT’s Division of Technology and Innovation. Projects in the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Designs folder are placed into folders organized first by county and then by maintenance road number. When used as the main project development related project directory, the structure of the directory is to follow the standard ProjectWise folder structure.

3.5.3 \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts

Department Resources
Print Request Form

The \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts folder is not access protected and is to only be used to store and print contract plans. This location is commonly mapped as the “V-Drive” for staff within the Project Development North, Project Development South, and Bridge Design sections. Plans can be requested to be printed through the use of DelDOT’s Print Request Form.

To maintain consistency and uniformity when placing electronic files on the \\DOTFS08\CADD\Active Contracts folder, it is recommended that the folder system shown in Table 3.5.3 be utilized within the contract directory folder.

Table 3.5.3 – Active Contracts Subfolder Structure
Folder Name Folder Contents
Survey Plot files (PDF) used for the Survey Plan submission.
Preliminary Plot files (PDF) used for the Preliminary Construction Plan submission.
Semi-Final_Construction Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Construction Plan submission.
Semi-Final_RW Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Right-of-Way Plan submission.
Semi-Final_XS Plot files (PDF) used for the Semi-Final Cross-Section submission.
Final_Construction Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Construction Plan submission.
Final_RW Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Right-of-Way Plan submission.
Final_XS Plot files (PDF) used for the Final Cross-Section submission.
PSE_Construction Plot files (PDF) used for the PS&E Construction submission.
PSE_XS Plot files (PDF) used for the PS&E Cross-Section submission.
Advertisement Plot files (PDF) used for the advertisement package.
Miscellaneous Miscellaneous plot files, such as one-off plots, test plots, etc.

3.6 Project Scoping

Project scoping is the process that is used to evaluate a transportation deficiency and determine what work should be included within a proposed project to address it. All DelDOT projects must be appropriately scoped by the section responsible for performing the design. Site visits should be performed during the scoping phase to properly assess project needs and to verify any desktop assessments and research conducted. The project scoping task should be conducted as early as feasible in the project development process, however, its exact timing will vary greatly based on project specific factors including the program or section developing the project, the complexity of the project, the number and type of project stakeholders, and project funding. This section describes the best practices DelDOT has established for performing project scoping and arriving at a preferred alternative for further design.

After the initial project scoping is complete, scope management will continue throughout the project development process. Scope management requires that the project team evaluate additional proposed work to ensure that all work required to meet the project objectives are completed while work outside of the project’s objectives is evaluated for feasibility and cost-effectiveness. Scope management is primarily concerned with defining, and then controlling, what is and is not included in the project scope.

3.6.1 Define the Project Objective

The first task and cornerstone of the project scoping phase is defining explicit and clear project objectives that indicate why a project is being undertaken and what the project is intended to achieve. The project objectives must be based on, and be commensurate with, the transportation deficiencies initially generating the project. Though not federally required for all projects, developing a formal “purpose and need” statement that defines a project’s scope should be considered on all DelDOT projects. Purpose and need statements should be written concisely. Additionally, they should not be written so narrowly as to limit the development of reasonable solutions or alternatives, nor so vague as to provide no framework for future decision-making. It is permissible that the purpose and need statement reference the results of other technical studies rather than reciting the information in those technical studies.

The “need” statement should provide the factual foundation for the statement of project purpose. The need statement should describe the deficiencies that the proposed action is intended to address and, to the extent possible, explain the underlying sources of those deficiencies.

The “purpose” statement should define the fundamental reasons for the project being proposed, expressed as a desired transportation outcome. If a project has several distinct purposes, each purpose should be individually listed. The purpose statement should be logical in relation to the “need” section.

3.6.2 Develop the Scoping Process

The project scoping task must be tailored by the design team to suit an individual project’s needs and considerations. Accordingly, the design team should collaborate at the beginning of the project initiation phase to develop an approximate project scoping process and schedule that includes the activities and actions described in Section 3.6. The complexity and potential impact of the project being assessed as discussed in Section 3.6.2.1, will determine the extent of the scoping process required as well as the level of formal documentation needed. Section 3.6 provides an order of tasks that can be followed, modified, or performed simultaneously as deemed necessary by the Project Manager to meet an individual project’s scoping needs and to arrive at a preferred alternative.

Early coordination with appropriate regulatory agencies, other DelDOT sections, and the public can be used to determine an appropriate project scope and can aid in determining the type and scope of environmental review, the level of analysis, and related environmental requirements that a project will require. Section 3.6.2.2 and Section 3.6.2.3 describe tools that can be used during the project scoping phase to conduct this early coordination. When the project scoping phase is performed properly, its results may be incorporated into the environmental review documents in accordance with 23 CFR 771.111 (a)(2)(i).

As with many other elements of the project development process, a project’s scoping phase must be treated as a dynamic and iterative process that is subject to change throughout its execution to ensure that the project scoping phase delivers its intended results.

3.6.2.1 NEPA Class Requirements

Projects that will use federal funding must follow the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process which requires that agencies evaluate the environmental and related social and economic effects of their proposed actions. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section will perform an initial environmental evaluation as part of the project’s initial baselining as discussed in Section 3.2.1.3. Projects that are classified as a Categorical Exclusion (CEs) are not required to have a formal scoping process. However, project’s that are initially classified as an Environmental Impact Study (EIS) will need a formal and well-documented alternatives analysis assessment while Environmental Assessments (EAs) may need a formal and well-documented alternatives analysis assessment. DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section can be used as a resource for clarification on a project’s federal scoping requirements. Additional information on the NEPA process is included in Section 5.3.

3.6.2.2 Scoping Meetings

Department Resources
Bridge Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire
Road Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire
DelDOT Distribution List (\\DOTFS08\CADD\Active_Designs\Distribution_List)
Scoping Meeting Memo

The design team can elect to hold scoping meetings with stakeholders at strategic points in the project scoping phase. Scoping meetings are valuable tools for identifying additional existing transportation deficiencies, construction constraints, the need and scope for additional studies, identifying project risks and associated mitigation strategies, and eventual maintenance and operation considerations. The discussion and identification of these elements with key project stakeholders will additionally assist in validating the initial project baselining effort discussed in Section 3.2.1. On some projects, particularly those with relatively large environmental impact potential, it may be appropriate to hold scoping meetings specifically with the environmental regulatory agencies. The design team should consult with the DelDOT Environmental Stewardship section to determine the need for and required agency attendance for a solely environmental agency scoping meeting.

The design team is responsible for assessing the need for project scoping meetings as well as for scheduling scoping meetings. Considerations involved with the scoping meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Meeting timing within scoping phase – The design team should schedule the scoping meeting at a logical time within the scoping phase so that there is enough meaningful information compiled to discuss, but early enough so that feedback from the meeting participants can still help guide project scoping decisions.
  • Location and format of the meeting – A scoping meeting can either be held at the project location, as a virtual meeting, in-person in a group setting, or any combination thereof. Each potential meeting location and format provides different benefits that will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis.
  • Topics for discussion – The design team should review the project ahead of the meeting to determine which topics are most beneficial for discussion in the group meeting. At a minimum, the design team should present the project’s history and any draft project objectives or goals at the scoping meeting. Additional potential topics for discussion include the following:
    • Alternatives considered to date,
    • Project constructability including any accelerated bridge construction methods,
    • Design controls and criteria,
    • Existing known maintenance issues,
    • Pavement condition,
    • Utility conflicts,
    • Potential for utility reimbursement including for design, inspection, and construction,
    • Multi-modal facilities,
    • Public outreach strategies,
    • Existing right-of-way and railroads,
    • Lighting condition,
    • Integrated transportation management systems (ITMS),
    • Proposed project schedules,
    • Environmentally sensitive locations,
    • Transit facilities,
    • Known safety and accessibility deficiencies,
    • Other known DelDOT or developer projects planned for the area,
    • Stormwater and drainage patterns,
    • Future maintenance considerations that the work could create.

    DelDOT has created the Bridge Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire and the Road Project Scoping Meeting Questionnaire to assist the design team facilitate meaningful discussion at the scoping meeting.

  • Material to facilitate discussion – The design team should assemble material prior to the meeting that will facilitate meaningful conversation. This could include the creation of a meeting agenda, maps of the study area with key constraints, maps of any proposed features or project alternatives, and other current or future transportation improvements plans.
  • Meeting participation – DelDOT maintains a Distribution List (\\DOTFS08\CADD\Active_Designs\Distribution_List) that includes recommendations on staff to include at the scoping meeting. The design team should review the probable project scope and the distribution list when determining the DelDOT sections that should participate in the project’s scoping meeting. DelDOT’s Distribution List is kept on internal servers so that the information within the directory is not distributed publicly. Entities outside of DelDOT that require access to the Distribution List should request the information through their Project Manager. Once the desired level of participation is identified, the design team can distribute DelDOT’s standard scoping meeting memo.

After the scoping meeting concludes, the Project Manager and the rest of the design team should collectively work to determine the items discussed that readily fit within the proposed project’s scope, items that cannot be addressed by the project, and items that warrant further discussion and potential scope alterations to incorporate.

3.6.2.3 Public Involvement

It is important that public involvement be performed at strategic times throughout the project development process. Public involvement generates both outgoing and incoming communication which fosters a project development process that better meets the needs of the users and is received more favorably by the public. Public involvement helps reach a consensus by providing a forum for the users to express their needs, ideas, concerns, and perspectives relating to the transportation system while giving DelDOT the opportunity to educate the public about transportation issues, services, and projects. DelDOT is required under 23 CFR 771.111(h)(1) to maintain a public involvement/ public hearing program. Additional information about DelDOT’s public engagement strategies can be found in Section 5.1. The extent of public involvement required for projects is established on the basis of environmental impacts (as required by the Code of Federal Regulations, 23 CFR 771 for Federal-aid projects). The class of action and public involvement requirements are indicated on the initial environmental evaluation.

During the project scoping phase, public involvement can be sought to present feasible alternatives for public review and comment or to gain greater understanding of the existing transportation deficiency. The format of the public involvement will vary depending on the size, complexity, location, and potential impacts of the project. The design team should prepare information ahead of the meeting to facilitate meaningful discussion. Information that can be presented at the public meeting includes the project’s objectives or purpose and need statement if it has been developed, any project alternatives developed, and any major project design features. All public involvement during this phase should be coordinated with the Division Director, the Community Relations section, as well as the Environmental Stewardship section.

3.6.3 Establish Preliminary Design Controls and Criteria

The design team should review the project area in combination with the project objectives to ascertain the transportation user groups necessary to accommodate within the project limits. User groups include vehicular traffic, bicycle traffic, pedestrians, as well as transit traffic and facilities. While determining the user groups to accommodate, it is important to note that in accordance with 17 Del. C § 132(f) of the Delaware Code, projects must construct sidewalks whenever major arterials, minor arterial, collector roads or proposed roads in urbanized areas of the State are widened, constructed, or reconstructed.

Once the user groups have been identified, the design team should select basic design controls and corresponding design criteria that considers the needs of all necessary modes of transportation as well as the community context in which the project is located. The design controls and design criteria will need to be revisited throughout the project development process; however, the selection of adequate design criteria prior to the development of any alternatives will ensure the suitability of any alternatives generated and their potential impacts, as well as facilitate comparisons between alternatives. Section 4.1 includes a more detailed discussion on the establishment of design criteria.

3.6.4 Establish Project Constraints

All projects will have unique characteristics and face constraints and limitations that must be vetted through the project scoping phase. Accurately establishing project constraints during the scoping phase will lead to an assessment of the developed alternatives that properly considers a project’s environmental and related social and economic effects. This will ultimately lead to the development of a balanced design that addresses the system’s transportation needs. While assessing the existing project constraints, the design team may determine that additional field or baseline studies may be needed. When this occurs, DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section should be used as a resource to determine if additional studies are in fact needed, and to properly assess the scope and limits of those required studies. Project constraints include, but are not limited to, the following:

3.6.4.1 Transportation Operation

Department Resources
Road Design Manual
DTC-05.01: Bus Stop and Passenger Facilities Policy

The majority of DelDOT’s projects will inherently have an impact on transportation operations either temporarily or permanently. The design team should assess the current transportation network operation within the project area commensurate to any project goals or objectives. This operational assessment should include, but not be limited to, the following transportation operation characteristics:

  • Crash Patterns – The existing crash patterns should be reviewed to identify existing transportation deficiencies including high crash locations, patterns in crashes that may indicate specific problematic movements, and particular types of crashes that should be targeted for countermeasures. Additional information on requesting crash data is provided in Section 3.7.5. The project location should also be investigated for any previous HSIP sites which may provide additional crash pattern information and countermeasures for consideration.
  • Level of Service (LOS) – The LOS or other comparable traffic capacity measures can be used to evaluate current traffic operation in accordance with Section 2.6 of the DelDOT Road Design Manual. Additional information on traffic capacity analysis is provided in Section 4.4.
  • Design vehicles – The project’s existing geometric design at turning movement locations can be analyzed to determine the design vehicles that are currently accommodated within the project limits. Section 2.6 of the DelDOT Road Design Manual provides additional discussion on design vehicle selection.
  • Pedestrian facilities – Nearly all trips include a pedestrian portion; even trips taken by passenger vehicles or transit begin with drivers and passengers walking from their origin to the vehicle and end with them walking from the vehicle to their destination. Pedestrian facilities should be designed to maximize pedestrian visibility to motorists, accommodate the volume of pedestrians anticipated, and be accessible. Pedestrian desire lines should be considered related to sidewalks, shared use paths, and crosswalk locations. Additional information on pedestrian facilities is provided in Section 4.5.
  • Bicycle facilities – Bicycle facilities within the project area can be assessed to determine how well they accommodate the bicycle user demand within the project limits. Additional information on bicycle user groups and their appropriate accommodations is contained within the AASHTO Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities.
  • Transit operations – Transit facilities within the project area can be reviewed to assess how well operations meet the current user demand. DelDOT Policy Implement DTC-05.01 entitled Bus Stop and Passenger Facilities Policy contains DelDOT’s design guidance for these facilities. The design team should coordinate a project’s transit needs with the Delaware Transit Corporation (DTC) when it is determined that addressing transit operation deficiencies is a project objective.

3.6.4.2 Environmental

All transportation projects will have a level of environmental impact. Numerous state and federal agencies, laws and regulations govern these environmental impacts. The level of a project’s impact will determine the amount or if any mitigation will be required. Wherever possible, environmental resources are to be avoided, but where avoidance is not prudent, the impacts are to be minimized and mitigated. Environmental impacts that must be assessed include:

  • Social impacts to communities,
  • Permanent land use changes,
  • Economic impacts,
  • Social justice impacts,
  • Cultural impacts to historic properties,
  • Impacts to publicly owned parks, recreational areas, or national wildlife refuge areas,
  • Air quality effect,
  • Noise effect,
  • Trees,
  • Endangered species,
  • Impacts to known hazardous material locations,
  • Water quality effects to lakes, streams, wetlands,
  • Fish and wildlife effects, and
  • Impact to any protected farmland.

DelDOT’s Environmental Stewardship section should be used as a resource if it is determined that a project could potentially include these listed environmental impacts. The section is staffed with subject matter experts and maintains and manages DelDOT’s relationships with each of the governing agencies to ensure smooth operations during the NEPA and permit approval process. Additional information on the environmental coordination process is provided in Section 5.3.

3.6.4.3 Utilities

Transportation projects frequently affect either underground or aerial utilities both within and outside of DelDOT’s existing right-of-way. Impacts to utility features can be costly and add time to a project’s schedule. The amount of added cost and delay to a project will vary based on the feature that is impacted as well as the severity of the impact. During the scoping process, effort should be made by the design team to ascertain the approximate location, the owner, and type of existing utilities. DelDOT’s Utilities section can be used as a resource during this investigative effort. Additional information on the utility coordination process is provided in Section 5.4.

3.6.4.4 Right-of-Way

Transportation projects will often require the acquisition of additional property rights to construct or maintain a proposed facility. An initial evaluation of existing property rights is a valuable step in the transportation decision-making process as acquisition of property rights can be controversial, expensive, and time consuming. Existing right-of-way limits can be approximated using GIS databases or can be researched and recreated based on archive plans, deeds, plat books, wills, and other source information. The level of existing right-of-way reconstruction performed should be commensurate with the project’s scope and potential impacts. DelDOT’s Team Support section can be used as a resource during this process. Additional information on the right-of-way coordination process is provided in Section 5.5.

3.6.4.5 Railroad

Railroads are typically contained within a separate right-of-way from the State’s operational right-of-way. All work within railroad right-of-way must be coordinated with the railroad owner and requires proper agreements and other considerations before commencing. Therefore, transportation projects which are proximate, or which will affect railroad right-of-way, operation, or assets will require additional coordination efforts. Accordingly, railroad right-of-way should be researched and delineated as part of the project scoping phase. DelDOT’s Railroad Coordination section can be used as a resource during this process.

3.6.5 Alternatives Development

Once a project’s objectives and goals are understood, conceptual alternatives in accordance with the preliminary design criteria established in Section 3.6.3 can be developed to address the transportation need. The intent of the development of conceptual design alternatives is not to develop the final project design, but to provide the direction and scale of the improvement, and to confirm that the alternative is viable physically and financially. The initial alternatives developed should define the project by alignment and by grade if applicable to a project’s proposed scope.

The initial alternatives developed should cover a wide range and scale of potential improvements and incorporate principles of the Safe Systems Approach where possible. The Safe Systems Approach mitigates the risk inherent in the transportation network through use of multiple layers of protection to both prevent crashes and to reduce harm caused to those involved when crashes occur. Additional information about the Safe System Approach is provided on the United States Department of Transportation’s website. Additional discussion on the types and scale of improvements to be considered is included in Section 3.6.5.1.

Once developed, the initial alternatives for evaluation should be condensed to a manageable and reasonable number of feasible alternatives that is proportional to the project’s scope. All feasible alternatives developed must meet the requirements of 23 CFR 771.111(1) if federal funds are or will be used which requires the project meet the following criteria:

  • Connect logical termini and be of sufficient length to address environmental matters on a broad scope,
  • Have independent utility or independent significance, i.e., be usable and be a reasonable expenditure even if no additional transportation improvements in the area are made, and
  • Not restrict consideration of alternatives for other reasonably foreseeable transportation improvements.

Feasible alternatives should be developed to comparable levels for evaluation. A practical, cost-effective design of each proposed alternative should be developed for relative comparison. The feasible alternatives developed will ultimately be evaluated and assessed in accordance with the guidance in Section 3.6.6.

3.6.5.1 Alternative Types

The project team should consider a wide array of solutions to rectify the identified transportation deficiency and to meet the project’s established objectives and goals. This subsection provides a detailed description of the alternative types that can be considered during this phase of the project development process. The alternative types listed may be combined as needed to address an individual location’s specific needs.

  • No-Build Alternative – The no-build alternative would not include any upgrades that would change the road’s operation or extend its service life and instead, would only continue the routine maintenance of the existing facility. This alternative serves as a baseline comparison of the other available alternatives. The no-build alternative must always be considered during the scoping phase.
  • Transportation System Management and Operations (TSMO) – TSMO is a set of strategies that focus on creating operational improvements which do not require adding system capacity. The goal of TSMO alternatives is to maintain or even restore the performance of the existing transportation system. TSMO strategies include, but are not limited to, traffic signal coordination, traffic incident management, special event management, road weather management, freight management, providing traveler information, ramp management, transportation demand management, congestion pricing, integrated corridor management, access management, and expanding multimodal alternatives and mobility services.
  • Preventive Maintenance (1R and 2R) project – This alternative type is often associated with maintenance activities intended to preserve the system, retards future deterioration, and maintain or improve the functional condition of the system without increasing structural capacity. Enhancements within this alternative type are typically minor and do not change the overall character of the facility.
  • Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) project – This alternative type consists of resurfacing, restoration, and rehabilitation of an existing facility with the intention of preserving and extending service life and enhancing highway safety. This alternative type could include pavement improvements of the existing road, minor roadway widening, and typically includes minor drainage improvements within the scope of the project. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects should make isolated cost-effective improvements to the existing geometrics, where practical, including but not limited to, flattening curves or improving sight distance, roadside shoulder improvements, and construction of select low-cost safety improvements at the site or system-wide level. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects are typically constructed within existing right-of-way, although some minor acquisitions may be necessary. Resurfacing, Restoration, and Rehabilitation (3R) projects do not change the basic roadway type by adding through lanes, passing lanes, or auxiliary lanes, although turn lanes and radius improvements at intersections may be involved.
  • Reconstruction (4R) project – This alternative type utilizes an existing roadway alignment or makes only minor changes to an existing alignment but changes the basic roadway type. Typical work includes improving operation by widening, horizontal and/or vertical realignment, addition of travel lanes, access improvement, and replacing bridges. While Reconstruction (4R) projects typically follow an existing road corridor, it may deviate significantly in width and alignment from the present road to achieve full geometric standards. Retaining the existing alignment means that existing constraints in the current roadway environment will influence design decisions.
  • New Construction project – This alternative type consists of all new construction on a new alignment where no road is present for the majority of the project. Examples of new construction are a bypass constructed to carry through traffic around a population center, construction of a new access route linking an existing highway with a new recreational facility, or a new grade separated facility. New construction facilities should be built to achieve full design standards. Design exceptions for this alternative type should be rare.

3.6.6 Alternatives Assessment

Once the existing project constraints have been established and feasible alternatives developed, an assessment that will ultimately lead to the selection of a preferred alternative for further design development can be performed. Thorough analysis of alternatives supports a well-defined scope, minimizes scope creep, and incremental cost effects later in the project development process.

The design team should begin the evaluation process by performing a fatal flaw analysis of each feasible alternative to determine if it has flaws which will prevent it from meeting the established project objectives. If it is determined that the alternative will not be able to meet the project objectives even with minor modifications, the reasons should be documented and other alternatives meeting the project objectives should be prioritized.

After the fatal flaw assessment, the design team should establish a set of consistent evaluation criteria based on the project’s objectives, commitments, environmental impact, and stakeholder input. Once the criteria have been established, each feasible alternative as well as the no-build condition can be analyzed and its impacts to the established project constraints can be determined. Where possible, quantitative measures should be utilized instead of qualitative measures. Matrices summarizing the analysis performed can be created to simplify information presentation. The assessment should be an iterative process where modifications are made and then reassessed.

Using the methodology presented within this section, the benefits, costs, and associated impacts of alternatives can be assessed to determine the alternative that best meets the transportation needs while balancing its subsequent impacts. Some evaluation criteria may be less relevant than others in the decision-making process; therefore, if desired, the evaluation criteria can be ranked and weighted. The criteria and weighting used to assess fulfillment of the project objectives and in assigning scores to the different benefits and consequences should be developed with collaboration, understanding, and agreement of the project and pertinent agency stakeholders. Techniques to monetize the benefit realized by a project can also be used to directly compare an alternative’s benefit to its estimated cost. The alternatives assessment phase will be complete once all feasible build alternatives and the no-build alternative have been evaluated and a tentative preferred alternative has been selected.

Project Managers can elect to distribute the selected preferred alternative Department-wide for additional review and comment at this point as part of a Concept Plan distribution. Concept Plan submittals and their benefits are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3.

3.6.7 Process Documentation

The design team should document the scoping process once a preferred alternative has been selected. This documentation will serve to summarize the early project level decisions and may be federally required on some DelDOT projects. When the project scoping phase is performed properly, its results may be incorporated into the environmental review documents in accordance with 23 CFR 771.111 (a)(2)(i). The documentation developed is to be succinct and clear while summarizing the following elements:

  • The project’s objectives – The project’s objective(s) or “purpose and need” should be summarized at the beginning of the document.
  • Information collected – The documentation should summarize all information that was collected through any contributing technical studies or other pertinent information that describes the project’s origin. Pertinent technical studies include, but are not limited to, the following:
    • Cultural resources (architectural/ historical and archaeological),
    • Natural resources (threatened and endangered species, wetlands, water quality, terrestrial and aquatic resources),
    • Noise,
    • Air quality (based on the regional model),
    • Hazardous materials,
    • Conceptual stage relocation plan, and
    • Soils and geology.
  • Description of each alternative considered – Provide a detailed description of each alternative considered, including those which were deemed to have a fatal flaw and therefore not considered in the final alternatives assessment. The alternatives and their design criteria and impacts should be fully described. The description should also include why the improvement option was initially considered and whether the design team made any modifications during the scoping process. The alternative should also be supplemented with a map depicting their location and key design features. Alternatives not carried forward into the final alternatives assessment should have their fatal flaw described.
  • Description of the public involvement process – The results of any public involvement and agency coordination undertaken should be sufficiently described.
  • Comparison between feasible alternatives – The alternatives analysis assessment criteria and any associated ranking or weighing mechanisms established should be fully explained in the documentation. For quick comparison, alternatives may be presented in an evaluation matrix which shows the evaluation of each of the alternatives.
  • Conclusion –Describe why the preferred alternative was selected, any remediation or mitigation strategies to be pursued, as well as any commitments made to the public, pertinent resource agencies, and to other project stakeholders.

3.6.8 Additional Scoping Phase Considerations

The design team will need to perform additional project scoping once a preferred alternative has been selected. These ancillary considerations do not directly contribute to the selection of a preferred alternative but will serve to guide the rest of the project development process.

3.6.8.1 Project Delivery Method

Once the preferred alternative has been selected, the design team should assess the appropriate project delivery method. DelDOT traditionally delivers projects using design-bid-build project delivery, however, there are many other contracting alternatives available which can be considered. It is advantageous to consider the ultimate project delivery method during the scoping phase so that the project development process can be tailored to the ultimate deliverables required for the selected contracting method. Additional discussion on contracting method selection is included in Section 6.1. DelDOT Construction must be included on all discussions regarding alternative contracting methods.

3.6.8.2 Accessibility Requirements

28 CFR 35.151(a) requires that new construction meet the accessibility standards and be readily accessible to, and usable by, individuals with disabilities. The majority of projects that DelDOT will perform within the existing right-of-way will be considered alteration projects. 28 CFR 35.151(b) requires that facilities that are altered meet the accessibility standards and be readily accessible and usable to individuals with disabilities to the maximum extent feasible. The project limits must be examined during the scoping phase to ascertain the accessibility elements that will be affected during construction as well as their required treatment. The design team must perform all required accessibility work and should additionally strive to identify and then remove additional existing barriers to accessibility within the scope of the project. The design team should also consider potential scope expansion due to continued deterioration occurring prior to construction. For example, project limits may need to be expanded during the construction phase to correct pavement in an adjacent intersection which could trigger additional accessibility requirements. Additional discussion on the accessibility requirements and their associated design level considerations is provided in Section 4.5. DelDOT’s Title II Coordinator can be used as a resource during this assessment process.

3.6.8.3 Stormwater and Drainage Considerations

17 Chapter 9 of the Delaware Code requires that DelDOT adequately drain water along the right-of-way caused by the construction, alteration, or other changing of natural contour lines. Accordingly, DelDOT projects must locate drainage outfalls and subsequently provide positive conveyance within the project limits. Additionally, projects are required to comply with 7 DE Admin. Code § 5101 Sediment and Stormwater Regulations of the Delaware Administrative Code. Complying with the Sediment and Stormwater Regulations may require the installation of best management practices (BMPs) depending on the scope and impact of a project. For larger impact projects, this may require the acquisition of additional property rights solely for the construction and subsequent maintenance of BMP facilities. The design team should assess the project area during the scoping phase to accurately establish project limits and to also ensure that adequate field survey is collected. Additional information on drainage design is provided in Section 4.7 and additional information on stormwater management is provided in Section 4.8. DelDOT’s Water Resources section can be used as a resource during this assessment process.

3.6.8.4 Cost-Effective Safety Upgrades

The transportation network user’s safety is of paramount importance and is at the center of engineering ethics. Once the project limits are established, the design team should scope the limits to assess whether any infrastructure elements directly related to user safety can be improved and incorporated into the logical scope of the project. Examples of work that can be logically added to a project’s scope to enhance safety includes, but is not limited to, upgrading obsolete or prior generation crashworthy hardware, upgrading pedestrian crossing locations, installing or upgrading existing corridor lighting, adding median barrier on a divided roadway, removing existing roadside obstructions, and upgrading existing traffic control devices. DelDOT’s HSIP Program Manager and Traffic Safety Program Manager can be used as a resource during this assessment process.

3.6.8.5 3D Engineering Content Development

DelDOT develops and utilizes various forms of 3D engineered content throughout the project development process to aid in decision-making and design. Additionally, information that is derived from the 3D engineered content can be provided to a contractor as part of a contract.

3D models are extremely beneficial in analyzing clash detections during the design phase. A clash occurs when different infrastructure elements occupy the same space in the proposed design. Generating a 3D model is extremely beneficial in detecting these clashes so that remedies can be evaluated and considered during the design phase, resulting in reduced construction delays and reduced additional costs. Generating a 3D model is also beneficial on large earthwork and paving projects where automated machine guidance (AMG) practices may be utilized during the construction phase. Projects which include the following earthwork operations will benefit from the creation of a 3D model:

  • Large application of sub-base material spreading,
  • Large application of paving,
  • Mass earthmoving,
  • Stormwater management facilities requiring grading, and
  • Wetland mitigation areas requiring earthwork.

Creating a 3D model during the design phase requires a significant investment of time and resources, which has an associated cost that should be considered on each project. The design team should consider how 3D engineered content will be used during the design phase as well as what electronic deliverables are going to be provided to the contractor during the scoping phase of each project as the decision will directly affect the rest of the project development process. Projects that elect to use 3D modeling during the design phase must have a complete and accurate ground survey of the existing topographical features to ensure the generation of an accurate 3D model that appropriately ties into the original ground surface. The design team needs to recognize the potential limitations that various surveying methods impose on the accuracy of the 3D model.

Table 3.6.8.5 - Benefits of Generating 3D Engineered Models
Design Phase Benefits:
  • A more comprehensive design can be developed.
  • Enables integration of several design processes, resulting in quicker updates during the design phase.
  • Ability to more accurately detect and address design issues and conflicts during the design phase.
  • Constructability issues are easier to detect during the design phase.
  • 3D models aid in extracting more accurate quantity estimates.
Construction Phase Benefits:
  • Contractors can identify and rectify constructability issues prior to mobilization, saving time and money.
  • Contractors have a better understanding of material quantities throughout the project site.
  • Faster construction execution with Automated Machine Guidance (AMG), which has associated efficiency and safety benefits.
  • Provides the contractor with insight as to the engineer’s design intent.
  • Enables more efficient workflows for the measurement and payment of material quantities.

3.6.8.6 Resiliency

As the lowest lying state, roadway flooding is of significant concern when planning, designing, constructing, and maintaining Delaware’s infrastructure. In accordance with Delaware’s Climate Action Plan, DelDOT should consider the effects of sea level rise when scoping and designing projects. In addition, as weather patterns are changing, overall resiliency and sustainability considerations and options should be taken into consideration. The design team should also consider the purpose, need, scope, and impacts of each project to determine what, if any, measures may be able to be taken as part of the project. Additional discussion on infrastructure resiliency design is provided in Section 4.12. DelDOT’s Division of Transportation Resilience and Sustainability can be used as a resource during this assessment process.

3.6.8.7 Aesthetics

The design team should evaluate the project area and identify any factors that may necessitate the incorporation of aesthetic features into the project. Factors that could require the addition of aesthetic features include a project’s presence on a designated Delaware Byway, local codes or other municipal requirements, local or regional master plans, or simply through stakeholder demand. Delaware’s Byway program is discussed in more detail in Section 4.2.4. Aesthetic features may include any of the following:

  • Enhanced walls,
  • Ornamental signal and lighting poles,
  • Aesthetic traffic barrier,
  • Fence,
  • Patterned crosswalks, and
  • Landscaping.

3.7 Existing Site Investigation

Department Resources
Design Resource Center
Memos and Forms on the Design Resource Center
Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter
Public Involvement Initial Outreach Letter

Performing adequate site investigation is paramount to a project’s success. Timely site investigation enables a more accurate and complete project scoping assessment of the existing site deficiencies, allows the design team to promptly identify and subsequently mitigate existing site constraints, and ultimately reduces risk during the construction phase. Existing site investigation can be conducted throughout the project development process, but it mainly occurs during the project initiation phase. The design team is encouraged to visit the project site and to use the relevant GIS database resources described in Section 3.7.1 to assess existing conditions and to better approximate the potential limits and extent of required investigations prior to submitting requests as described within this section. The design team can also use resources publicly available to view existing site imagery collected from the street.

Various groups within DelDOT are tasked with managing and/ or performing existing site investigation activities. Accordingly, many existing site investigation activities require the design team to request the activity be performed by the section tasked with managing and/ or performing the activity. DelDOT maintains a list of memos and forms for requesting existing site investigation activities on its Design Resource Center website.

17 Del. C § 132(c)(13) of the Delaware code allows DelDOT to leave the limits of its right-of-way and enter on to private property to conduct surveys, repairs, reconstruction, and operation of publicly financed improvements. It is DelDOT’s practice to notify all potentially affected property owners prior to leaving the right-of-way to conduct all existing site investigations. DelDOT utilizes different procedures to notify potentially affected property owners depending on when the site investigation occurs relative to when the Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter described in Section 3.2.1.4 is sent. In cases where the site investigation occurs soon after the project’s Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter is sent, the Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter may serve as the property owner notification. If a significant amount of time, as determined by the Project Manager, has passed since the Public Involvement Initial Outreach letter was sent, the design team must send a Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter to all potentially affected property owners prior to the site investigation commencing. Additionally, all staff conducting the site investigation regardless of the format of the letter sent to the residents, must carry the Right to Trespass Site Investigation Letter with them during all field activities.

3.7.1 GIS Databases

GIS databases are a powerful desktop research tool which have become widely prevalent in recent years; accordingly, the project team will have access to many GIS databases during the course of the project development process. GIS databases are typically free to use, and their data may need to be field verified during the project scoping phase; therefore, their use is typically most beneficial during the early project development phases. This subsection highlights the GIS databases that are considered the most valuable to the project team for existing site investigation

3.7.1.1 DelDOT Gateway

Department Resources
DelDOT Gateway

DelDOT’s Division of Planning maintains a web-based mapping application entitled DelDOT Gateway which is hosted on the ArcGIS Online cloud platform and available through the DelDOT intranet. The Gateway application consumes both DelDOT mapping services and other services originating from federal, state, and local governmental entities.As a result, DelDOT’s Gateway application includes a large amount of information that can be used throughout the project development process. DelDOT’s Gateway application is available online, for employees signed into the DelDOT intranet.

3.7.1.2 NPDES Viewer

Department Resources
DelDOT NPDES Viewer

DelDOT’s Division of Maintenance and Operations maintains an extensive GIS database entitled DelDOT NPDES Viewer which details various drainage and stormwater management facilities in the State. In addition to the GIS Database, DelDOT also maintains a user guide, a troubleshooting guide, and detailed login instructions for the program.

3.7.1.3 DNREC Stormwater Assessment Study GIS

The Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Control (DNREC) maintains a GIS database entitled Stormwater Assessment Study GIS. This GIS database includes existing site information related to stormwater management feasibility and is therefore, a very valuable tool when performing stormwater management designs which are discussed in more detail in Section 4.8.

3.7.1.4 Watershed Resources Registry (WRR)

Department Resources
Watershed Resources Registry

The Watershed Resources Registry (WRR) is a state-specific, preservation and restoration model displayed on an interactive online mapping tool that also features a large number of high-quality datasets for regulatory and other environmental planning goals. This GIS database includes existing mapped wetland information as well as potential restoration and preservation sites which are ranked on a scale of one to five stars, making it a very valuable tool when assessing potential wetland impacts and mitigation sites early in the project development process.

3.7.1.5 Flood Planning Tool

DNREC maintains a flood planning tool that can be used for preliminary hydraulic analysis. The GIS database is provided at the following link: https://floodplanning.dnrec.delaware.gov/

3.7.2 Topographic Field Survey

Department Resources
Survey and GPS Control Request Form

Topographic field survey data serves as the foundational information in which all proposed project elements are designed from and existing rights-of-way determined. Accordingly, setting a project’s survey limits, survey density, and survey control is of extreme importance and usually performed during the project initiation phase. Collecting the topographic field survey data during the project initiation phase allows the project team to concurrently scope the project and develop alternatives while the survey data is being collected and processed. Topographic field surveys can either be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement or can be performed by DelDOT’s in-house Survey section. In general, designs performed by in-house DelDOT staff are surveyed by DelDOT’s Survey section while designs performed by an external Engineer of Record are performed by that entity under the design project’s professional services agreement. All geodetic control established is to be set by DelDOT regardless of the entity conducting the topographic field survey. Survey and/ or geodetic control can be requested from DelDOT’s Survey section through use of the Survey and GPS Control Request Form.

3.7.2.1 Survey Standards

Department Resources
Carlson Data Collector Feature Code List
Survey Guidebook

Field surveys performed by DelDOT or by entities working on behalf of DelDOT are to follow the surveying standards established by this subsection unless approved otherwise by the DelDOT Project Manager in writing. All survey data is to be collected with Carlson data collectors and processed and delivered on a DelDOT supported CADD software program. DelDOT’s supported CADD software programs are described in more detail in Section 6.4. DelDOT’s Carlson Data Collector Feature Code List is available for download and additional data collector Feature Code Lists are available upon request from DelDOT. All field work is to be performed in accordance with DelDOT’s Survey Guidebook.

DelDOT utilizes the survey classifications and accuracy standards that have been established by the Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee (FGDS), with modifications as documented in Table 3.7.2.1a and Table 3.7.2.1b.

Table 3.7.2.1a – Terrain Data Surveys and Construction Stakeout Surveys Standards
Terrain Data Surveys and Construction Stakeout Surveys
Element Requirement
Linear / Proportional Horizontal Accuracy C3 Order, 1:10,000
Linear / Proportional Vertical Accuracy Maximum Misclosure e = 0.05 ft. √D where e = hundredths of a foot and D = distance in miles
Surveying Method: Total Station Positioning System, radial side shots from Secondary Project Control. All data is captured in observational mode.
Required Datum Systems: Horizontal = NAD83; Vertical = NAVD88; GPS = Model 12B Geoid or most current model.
Table 3.7.2.1b –Right-of-Way Mapping Standards
Right-of-Way Mapping
Element Requirement
Linear / Proportional Horizontal Accuracy C3 Order, 1:10,000
Linear / Proportional Vertical Accuracy N/A
Surveying Method: Total Station Positioning System, radial side shots from Secondary Project Control. All data is captured in observational mode.
Required Datum Systems: Horizontal = NAD83; Vertical = NAVD88; GPS = Model 12B Geoid or most current model.

DelDOT requires that the following deliverables be provided for every survey file submission:

  • DGN fieldbook and terrain file – This file contains the final adjusted survey data for the project. The terrain is auto generated from the data stored within the fieldbook. The data contained in this file is stored in an observational mode format. If translation is required to create this file, then all supporting files need to be included to show that original survey data was collected in an observational mode. The DelDOT Project Manager may request the unadjusted RAW data file when determined necessary by the DelDOT Project Manager.
  • DGN graphics file – This file contains the graphics that are exported from the final adjusted survey DGN file. This file is to be provided in a 3D format.

3.7.2.2 Other Surveying Methods

Department Resources
Policy Implement T-06: Unmanned Aircraft Operational Policy

Surveying methods outside of those specified in Section 3.7.2.1 may be appropriate existing site investigation practices for certain applications. These other survey methods include, but are not limited to, the use of stationary scanners, GPS rovers, mobile scanners, or aerial surveying methods. Use of these other surveying methods may be conducted by DelDOT or by entities working on behalf of DelDOT when approved by the DelDOT Project Manager in writing. Considerations to employing these alternative survey methods include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • High traffic volumes or complicated traffic patterns making data collection difficult or hazardous,
  • Desired level of information accuracy which may vary based on the application,
  • Existing site size and terrain,
  • Difficulty associated with reaching certain areas via conventional methods, and
  • Non-planar or structural condition surveys.

The use of unmanned aircraft vehicles (UAVs) to perform surveying activities has become increasingly common. DelDOT’s current policy is to use UAVs to collect site photogrammetry for surveys performed by DelDOT’s in-house Survey section. The photogrammetry collected will produce aerial imagery and a site topography that should only be used for reference due to its limited accuracy compared to the other conventional surveying methods. All personnel contracted to fly UAVs for DelDOT will be responsible for their own aircraft procurement, insurance, maintenance, training, and pilot certification. All DelDOT personnel are subject to DelDOT Policy Implement T-06 entitled Unmanned Aircraft Operational Policy which establishes the procedures necessary to obtain approval to fly UAV missions for DelDOT. It is essential that UAVs operated by and for DelDOT be operated in a safe manner and adhere to all relevant Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and DelDOT regulations, policies, and operational procedures including the following these specific requirements:

  • All UAV flights must utilize a “2-person rule” as the minimum at all times. The minimum “2-person rule” will consist of a remote Pilot in Command (PIC) and a Visual Observer. The Visual Observer is designated by the PIC to assist the PIC to see and avoid other air traffic or objects aloft or on the ground.
  • All UAV missions flying on a DelDOT project require a pre-flight plan to be filed with the Delaware Traffic Management Center (TMC) in advance of the mission. All UAV flight operations will call the TMC and provide a start time (10-8), with standard information conveyed such as crew members, location, purpose, anticipated end time, and actual end time (10-7).
  • All UAV flights will be logged into a database immediately after the flight or at the end of the day for multiple flights in one day. Copies of the logged flights will be sent to the DelDOT UAS (Unmanned Aircraft System) Program Manager by the 3rd day of the month to allow the DelDOT UAS Program Manager to upload the required monthly data into the FAA website.

3.7.2.3 Pedestrian Connection Survey Considerations

Reconstruction of pedestrian connections to meet the accessibility standards on projects whose scopes would not traditionally require a topographic survey be performed is a fairly common occurrence. Whether a survey is required to design and construct a compliant pedestrian connection should be carefully considered by the design team during the project initiation phase. Projects whose scope requires a full topographic survey of the entire work limits and not just that of the improvement’s proposed pedestrian connections should follow the standards detailed in Section 3.7.2.1. On linear projects, where a topographic survey of only the proposed pedestrian connection locations have been determined necessary, first consideration should be made to setting geodetic control and running a traverse and bench loop that encompasses the entire project area. When setting geodetic control and running a traverse and bench loop that encompasses the entire project area is infeasible, assumed coordinates may be used after discussion and written approval from the DelDOT Project Manager. When assumed coordinates are used, the contract must clearly state each location that used assumed coordinates. The assumed coordinate control points must be easily re-creatable and clearly described in the contract by providing a traverse point diagram with a minimum of three associated tie points. If a location is using assumed coordinates and it is determined that additional right-of-way will need to be acquired, it cannot be acquired using the assumed coordinates. 6 Del. C § 5501 of the Delaware Code requires that all property information be recorded using NAD 83/91.

3.7.2.4 Bridge Design Survey Considerations

Department Resources
Bridge Design Manual
Survey and GPS Control Request Form

Coordination between the design team and DelDOT’s Survey section is encouraged when topographic surveys are requested for in-house Bridge Design projects. The coordination could include, but not be limited to, the following elements:

  • A discussion of the need and feasibility to survey the entire flood plain, and other considerations, for the hydraulic analysis. Section 104.1 of the DelDOT Bridge Design Manual includes additional information regarding the extent of topographic surveys for purposes of hydraulic analysis.
  • A discussion of the locations and frequency of survey shots for railroad rails.
  • A discussion on the provided Survey and GPS Control Request Form, particularly the required information under the ‘For Bridge Requests Only’ section.
  • A discussion of the extent and detail to which the structural elements will be surveyed.
  • Analyzing the requested survey area via in-person site visit and/or electronic means to establish the feasibility of certain shots due to existing topography and ground cover conditions.

3.7.3 Traffic Data and Functional Classification Designation

Department Resources
Traffic Data / Functional Classification Request Form

Typically, existing and proposed future year traffic data is needed to quantify existing transportation challenges, the severity to which they may increase by the design year, and whether the proposed alternative(s) can address the transportation need. Identifying actively growing or changing land use areas is a key component in this process as land use changes can significantly impact future traffic volumes. As such, this information is typically requested during the project initiation phase. It is needed by the design team to set the roadway’s design control and design criteria which are discussed in more detail in Section 4.1.

Depending on the breadth and scope of the project, as well as its geographic location, this request may incur the use of DelDOT’s regional travel demand model. Regional travel demand models are used to predict how people will change their travel behavior based on various changing factors, including living arrangements, working options, route choices, transportation modes, and characteristics of the individual making the trip. The model mechanics can be viewed in terms of supply and demand. If the demand (population or employment) changes, the model uses a series of mathematical processes to estimate how the supply (transportation system) responds. It is used in the reverse manner as well, i.e., how does changing the number of lanes on a road (supply) impact where people live, work and/or how they travel (demand) between locations. DelDOT’s regional travel demand model, the DELMARVA Peninsula Model, uses local demographic data, both actively and passively collected surveyed travel behavior, and the state’s transportation system characteristics for vehicles, transit, and pedestrians to create both the baseline existing year model and the future year scenarios.

A roadway’s existing and proposed traffic data and functional classification designation information can be requested from DelDOT’s Division of Planning through use of the Traffic Data/ Functional Classification Request Form. Depending on the request complexity, the forecast will be provided within 10 business days, or a scoping/clarification meeting will be scheduled within 10 business days. Please be sure to use this form as it often provides all the information needed to determine the existing and future traffic needs using a streamlined process. Additionally, many Project Development sections within DelDOT will place the information obtained from the Division of Planning directly onto the contract plan’s title sheet for archival purposes.

3.7.4 Property Rights Research

Department Resources
Initial Project Research Request Memo
Sample Title Search
Right-of-Way Engineering Manual

DelDOT’s existing rights-of-way will need to be investigated during the project development process to ascertain whether the State owns sufficient property rights or if additional property rights will need to be acquired to construct a proposed improvement. The existing property rights research can either be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement or can be performed by DelDOT’s in-house Team Support section. In general, designs performed by in-house DelDOT staff are researched by DelDOT’s Team Support section while designs performed by an external Engineer of Record are researched by that entity under the design project’s professional services agreement.

The existing property rights research is typically requested during the project initiation phase once the limits and extent of the research required has been initially scoped by the project team. Existing property rights information can be requested through use of DelDOT’s Initial Project Research Request Memo. The Right-of-Way coordination and mosaic establishment process are more thoroughly discussed in Section 5.5.

Title searches are the most comprehensive property rights research that can be requested by the design team. Title searches consist of an examination of public records to determine and confirm a property’s legal ownership. A sample title search is provided for user reference. DelDOT’s Right-of-Way Engineering Manual establishes DelDOT’s practice for performing 60-year title searches, meaning that title searches performed will examine the last 60-years of public records to determine a property’s current legal ownership. It should be noted that some easements may predate the 60-year period and will therefore, not be captured in the completed title search. Title searches requested through the Initial Project Research Request Memo are conducted through professional services managed by DelDOT’s Right-of-Way section. Accordingly, when title searches are requested, a project must have money available to fund the title search.

3.7.5 Crash Data

Department Resources
Crash Data Portal

Crash data should be investigated as early in the project development process as possible so crash patterns can be identified and possible countermeasures developed. Limited crash data is available through DelDOT’s Gateway GIS database with additional information being available through a request process described within this subsection. Crash data is typically reviewed during the project initiation phase but can be requested at any time during the project development process. Historic crash data can be used to identify existing transportation deficiencies including high crash locations, patterns in crashes that may indicate specific problematic movements, and particular types of crashes that should be targeted for countermeasures. The level of crash data documentation required for a project will vary with the project’s size and scope. Project’s requiring extensive documentation typically document the data on an aerial map with different symbology for the different crash types.

Access to the majority of crash data is restricted to authorized users in accordance with 21 Del. C. § 313. All professionals that wish to view individual crash reports are required to contact the Traffic Safety Engineering section for more information and official security clearance procedures, if applicable, prior to submitting a request. Once authorized, professionals must submit crash data requests through the Crash Data Portal. Typically, crash data is requested for the past 3-years; however, crash data exceeding the past 3-years can be requested at the discretion of the Project Manager, but these requests will require that additional justification be provided with the request.

The design team can also request Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) reports from the Traffic Safety Engineering section. The HSIP reports are compiled for each road in the State and contain information that can be valuable to assist the design team while evaluating the project area.

3.7.6 Utility Designation

Department Resources
Utility Designation Request Form

Utility designation is a valuable existing site investigation tool that is used to identify potential utility conflicts. Utility designation is commonly defined as the process of using a geophysical method or methods to interpret the presence of a subsurface utility and to mark its approximate horizontal position (its designation) on the ground surface. Project’s whose scopes will require subsurface work which has the potential to impact existing utility features may benefit from the performance of a utility designation. Performing a utility designation as early as feasible in the project development process allows for additional information to be conveyed through DelDOT deliverables and provides more time for stakeholders to identify and mitigate a project’s potential utility impacts. The design team should discuss a project’s potential utility designation and the agreement to perform the utility designation under with the project’s DelDOT Utility Coordinator when the design team considers designation appropriate. Utility designation is requested through use of DelDOT’s Utility Designation Request Form. All utility designation performed on DelDOT projects are to be in accordance with ASCE 38-22. The utility coordination process is more thoroughly discussed in Section 5.4.

3.7.7 Pavement Corings

DelDOT’s Materials and Research section is tasked with overseeing all DelDOT pavement coring operations. Pavement coring investigations are used to confirm the existing roadway section and condition and is often required to provide a design pavement structure recommendation. Archived plans should not be solely relied upon for this purpose, as archived plans can be inaccurate and will not provide a true representation of the condition of the existing pavement.

It is important to assess what information is desired from the coring investigation prior to requesting the pavement cores as it will affect the extent of the investigation. Pavement cores can be requested to evaluate the existing pavement for:

  • Excavation/removal quantity estimates,
  • Suitability of the pavement to be repurposed as a different type of use,
  • Condition of underlying layers,
  • Strength and condition of existing pavement,
  • Depth of layers for tie-in purposes, and
  • Determining suitability for pavement rehabilitation.

Pavement cores should be requested as soon as possible in the project development process by emailing the request to DOT_Pavementcores@delaware.gov. The design team should provide a current map showing the locations that are to be investigated. If there are critical areas of interest, the design team should designate those specific areas. Otherwise, the start and end limits and purpose of the investigation are sufficient for the request. The Materials and Research section and the design team will work together to determine the best course of action and layout of pavement cores for the investigation. Pavement coring investigations are weather dependent, so time should be allotted to account for weather delays. The typical turnaround for the requested pavement cores is 30 days, however freezing temperatures, precipitation, and other natural events increase the response time.

3.7.8 Traffic Counts

The traffic data provided to the design team as described in Section 3.7.3 may need to be supplemented with traffic count data depending on a project’s needs. Traffic count information may be needed for, but not limited to, calculating LOS, determining queue lengths, or for air quality and noise analysis purposes. However, traffic counts may already be available at the interested location. DelDOT’s Division of Planning and Traffic Engineering section can be contacted to research the availability of historical traffic data. If new traffic data is required, the data collection process can be performed by DelDOT’s Traffic Engineering section for in-house design projects or can be performed under a design project’s professional service agreement. Once the traffic data is collected, the results are to be provided by the design team to DelDOT’s Statewide & Regional Planning (S&RP) section in the Division of Planning for inclusion to the DelDOT Extranet.

3.7.9 Pipe Video Inspection

Department Resources
Pipe Flushing Request Memo
Pipe Video Inspection Request Memo
Pipe Inspection and Remediation Guide

Existing pipes that are to become part of the final drainage network can be investigated during the design phase to determine their condition and their suitability for use in the final drainage network. Pipe video inspections can either be performed by DelDOT’s Materials and Research section or can be performed under a design project’s professional services agreement. The design team should assess the sediment accumulation in the pipes to be inspected to determine if pipe flushing is required to obtain an unobstructed view of the pipe. Pipe flushing consists of jetting water through a conduit to remove sedimentation and other obstructions which could block the pipe video rover’s travel or view within the existing conduit. DelDOT’s pipe video inspection group does not have the ability to perform pipe flushing. Therefore, all required pipe flushing must be performed prior to mobilization of the DelDOT pipe video inspection group. Pipe flushing can be requested from the appropriate Division of Maintenance and Operations district through use of DelDOT’s Pipe Flushing Request Memo. Pipe video can be requested from the Materials and Research section through use of DelDOT’s Pipe Video Inspection Request Memo.

In all cases, proper communication and coordination is key to the performance of a successful design phase pipe video inspection. The information that is desired to be obtained as part of the design phase pipe video inspection should be clearly communicated to the pipe video inspection crew. DelDOT’s Pipe Inspection and Remediation Guide should be utilized as a resource for these design phase investigations; however, these design phase investigations are not required to be measured to the same level of accuracy or precision as post installation inspections as the passage of time will have allowed more physical and qualitative evidence indicative of pipe defects to present themselves.

The results of this design phase inspection should be documented and compared to any construction phase inspections to evaluate any damage that may have occurred during the construction phase. Design phase investigation and documentation are valuable tools when disputes regarding contractor damage to the existing pipe network arise during construction.

3.7.10 Soil Borings

Department Resources
Bridge Design Manual

Soil borings provide information about the properties and condition of the existing soil strata, which is critical in the design of many structures. DelDOT’s Materials and Research section maintains expertise in the field of subsurface soil exploration and possesses on-call soil boring contractor agreements. The design team should coordinate with the Materials and Research section during the project development process to determine the necessity and locations for soil borings on a project. Soil borings are typically required in the following applications:

  • Bridge construction,
  • Large new road construction and road reconstruction,
  • Road construction projects where there are known issues such as settlement of the roadway,
  • Infiltration testing for stormwater management facilities, and
  • Traffic signal foundations.

Soil borings may also be used for pavement design in certain applications in accordance with the criteria in Section 4.15.

There are numerous procedures and techniques available for obtaining in-situ soil information and in-situ soil samples. The procedures that are performed to obtain the desired information are dependent upon the extent of the soil investigation required. The Materials and Research section will work with the design team to determine what testing is required to obtain the information needed at the project level.

Soil borings can either be performed through DelDOT's on-call drilling agreements or other professional service agreements. When soil samples are tested, the samples shall be designated using the AASHTO classification of soil and soil aggregate mixtures. If the test results are performed by an entity outside of DelDOT, the soil test results shall be provided to the DelDOT Materials and Research section so that it can be included into the Department’s database. Additional information on DelDOT soil boring field practices and deliverables is included in Section 105.4.1 of the DelDOT Bridge Design Manual. The project team may need to release electronic design files to the entity that will be performing the soil borings; in these occurrences, the procedures detailed in Section 5.10 must be followed.

3.7.10.1 Borings Performed Through On-Call Drilling Agreements

Department Resources
Boring Request Form
Boring Completion Time Estimator

When requesting soil borings from the Materials and Research section through use of DelDOT’s on-call drilling agreements, the design team should provide the following:

  • Preliminary surveys,
  • Survey plans with the location of the investigation including road names,
  • Verification of existing right-of-way,
  • A right to enter templated letter if trespass is needed,
  • Purpose of the investigation, and
  • The Boring Request Form.

DelDOT maintains a Boring Completion Time Estimator which the design team can use to create informed project schedules. The time required to complete the requested borings will vary based on the amount and complexity of the drilling, the extent of the analysis, weather delays, traffic control requirements, and other location specific conditions. The design team should work with the DelDOT Geotechnical Engineer to ascertain an accurate completion time estimate and to communicate any project specific needs as early as possible in the project development process.

3.7.10.2 Borings Performed Under Other Professional Service Agreements

The Materials and Research section should be utilized as a resource when soil borings are to be performed under a design project’s professional service agreements other than DelDOT’s on-call drilling services agreement. Coordination with the Materials and Research section will ensure the proposed geotechnical exploration is commensurate with the project’s scope, follows DelDOT’s standard practices, and that sufficient information will be obtained. The minimum information that should be provided to the Materials and Research section prior to the approval of the driller’s scope of work includes the completed standard boring request form and associated location map showing the location of the proposed borings.

The driller will be required to obtain all necessary environmental, boring, well, and other project specific permits prior to drilling. Additionally, the driller will need to coordinate all required maintenance of traffic, receive Miss Utility clearance, and coordinate any other project specific needs.

Once the drilling work commences, the DelDOT Project Manager or their designee should provide updates on the drilling schedule and testing schedule to the DelDOT Geotechnical Engineer and DelDOT Soils and Aggregate Laboratory Manager, respectively. The completed field logs and any other associated reports are to be submitted to the Materials and Research section upon task completion.

3.7.11 Structure Condition Investigations

Department Resources
Bridge Design Manual

Depending upon the proposed scope of a project, it may be beneficial to conduct structure condition surveys as part of the existing site investigation. Section 109 of DelDOT’s Bridge Design Manual contains comprehensive information on the design level inspections and material testing that can be conducted to assess an existing structure’s condition.